]> git.saurik.com Git - wxWidgets.git/blob - src/generic/grid.cpp
projects / wxWidgets.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Allow to specify the title used by wxPreferencesEditor window.
[wxWidgets.git] / src / generic / grid.cpp
1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2 // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp
3 // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes
4 // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
6 // Created: 1/08/1999
7 // RCS-ID: $Id$
8 // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
9 // Licence: wxWindows licence
10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11
12 /*
13 TODO:
14
15 - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay
16 - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw()
17 - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess.
18 - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns.
19 */
20
21 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
22 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
23
24 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
25 #pragma hdrstop
26 #endif
27
28 #if wxUSE_GRID
29
30 #include "wx/grid.h"
31
32 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
33 #include "wx/utils.h"
34 #include "wx/dcclient.h"
35 #include "wx/settings.h"
36 #include "wx/log.h"
37 #include "wx/textctrl.h"
38 #include "wx/checkbox.h"
39 #include "wx/combobox.h"
40 #include "wx/valtext.h"
41 #include "wx/intl.h"
42 #include "wx/math.h"
43 #include "wx/listbox.h"
44 #endif
45
46 #include "wx/textfile.h"
47 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
48 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
49 #include "wx/renderer.h"
50 #include "wx/headerctrl.h"
51 #include "wx/hashset.h"
52
53 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
54 #include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h"
55 #include "wx/generic/grideditors.h"
56 #include "wx/generic/private/grid.h"
57
58 const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid";
59
60 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
61 #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
62 #else
63 #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier
64 #endif
65
66 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
67 #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
68 #else
69 #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier
70 #endif
71
72 // Required for wxIs... functions
73 #include <ctype.h>
74
75 WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL_PTR(int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
76 wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
77
78
79 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 // globals
81 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
82
83 namespace
84 {
85
86 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
87 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
88 static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
89 static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
90 #endif
91
92 // this struct simply combines together the default header renderers
93 //
94 // as the renderers ctors are trivial, there is no problem with making them
95 // globals
96 struct DefaultHeaderRenderers
97 {
98 wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault colRenderer;
99 wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault rowRenderer;
100 wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault cornerRenderer;
101 } gs_defaultHeaderRenderers;
102
103 } // anonymous namespace
104
105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
106 // constants
107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
108
109 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
110 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
111
112 namespace
113 {
114
115 // scroll line size
116 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;
117 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
118
119 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
120 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
121 const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
122
123 // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag
124 // operation
125 const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3;
126
127 } // anonymous namespace
128
129 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
130
131 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
132 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
133
134 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
135 // events
136 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
137
138 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
139 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
140 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
141 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
142 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent );
143 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
144 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
145 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
146 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
147 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
148 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
149 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
150 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent );
151 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent );
152 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent );
153 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent );
154 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent );
155 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent );
156 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent );
157 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent );
158 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent );
159 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_TABBING, wxGridEvent );
160
161 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
162 // private helpers
163 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
164
165 namespace
166 {
167
168 // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if
169 // necessary
170 void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second)
171 {
172 if ( first > second )
173 wxSwap(first, second);
174 }
175
176 } // anonymous namespace
177
178 // ============================================================================
179 // implementation
180 // ============================================================================
181
182 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
183
184 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
185 EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
186 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
187 EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
188 END_EVENT_TABLE()
189
190 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl)
191 EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick)
192 EVT_HEADER_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnDoubleClick)
193 EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnRightClick)
194
195 EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize)
196 EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing)
197 EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize)
198
199 EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder)
200 EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder)
201 END_EVENT_TABLE()
202
203 wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const
204 {
205 static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper;
206
207 return s_colOper;
208 }
209
210 wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const
211 {
212 static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper;
213
214 return s_rowOper;
215 }
216
217 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
218 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
219 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
220 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
221
222 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
223 {
224 // nothing to do
225 }
226
227 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
228 {
229 }
230
231 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
232 // wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer and related classes
233 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
234
235 void wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer::DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid,
236 wxDC& dc,
237 const wxString& value,
238 const wxRect& rect,
239 int horizAlign,
240 int vertAlign,
241 int textOrientation) const
242 {
243 dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
244 dc.SetTextForeground(grid.GetLabelTextColour());
245 dc.SetFont(grid.GetLabelFont());
246 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, value, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
247 }
248
249
250 void wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
251 wxDC& dc,
252 wxRect& rect) const
253 {
254 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
255 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
256 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
257 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
258 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
259 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
260 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
261
262 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
263 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
264 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
265 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
266 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
267
268 rect.Deflate(2);
269 }
270
271 void wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
272 wxDC& dc,
273 wxRect& rect) const
274 {
275 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
276 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
277 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
278 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
279 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
280 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
281 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
282
283 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
284 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
285 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
286 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
287 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop() + 1);
288
289 rect.Deflate(2);
290 }
291
292 void wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
293 wxDC& dc,
294 wxRect& rect) const
295 {
296 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
297 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
298 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop());
299 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
300 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom() - 1);
301 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
302 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
303 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
304 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
305
306 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
307 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
308 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop() + 1);
309 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
310 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1);
311
312 rect.Deflate(2);
313 }
314
315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
316 // wxGridCellAttr
317 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
318
319 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
320 {
321 m_isReadOnly = Unset;
322
323 m_renderer = NULL;
324 m_editor = NULL;
325
326 m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
327
328 m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
329 m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
330
331 SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
332 }
333
334 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
335 {
336 wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
337
338 if ( HasTextColour() )
339 attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
340 if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
341 attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
342 if ( HasFont() )
343 attr->SetFont(GetFont());
344 if ( HasAlignment() )
345 attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
346
347 attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
348
349 if ( m_renderer )
350 {
351 attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
352 m_renderer->IncRef();
353 }
354 if ( m_editor )
355 {
356 attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
357 m_editor->IncRef();
358 }
359
360 if ( IsReadOnly() )
361 attr->SetReadOnly();
362
363 attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
364 attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
365
366 return attr;
367 }
368
369 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
370 {
371 if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
372 SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
373 if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
374 SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
375 if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
376 SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
377 if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
378 {
379 int hAlign, vAlign;
380 mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
381 SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
382 }
383 if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
384 mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
385
386 // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
387 // m_renderer/m_editor
388 //
389 // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
390 if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
391 {
392 m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
393 m_renderer->IncRef();
394 }
395 if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
396 {
397 m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor;
398 m_editor->IncRef();
399 }
400 if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
401 SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
402
403 if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
404 SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
405
406 SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
407 }
408
409 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
410 {
411 // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
412
413 // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
414 // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
415 // set to negative or zero values such that
416 // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
417 // same goes for the col + num_cols.
418
419 // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
420
421 wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
422 !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
423 !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
424 wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two positive values or negative/zero values"));
425
426 m_sizeRows = num_rows;
427 m_sizeCols = num_cols;
428 }
429
430 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
431 {
432 if (HasTextColour())
433 {
434 return m_colText;
435 }
436 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
437 {
438 return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
439 }
440 else
441 {
442 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
443 return wxNullColour;
444 }
445 }
446
447 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
448 {
449 if (HasBackgroundColour())
450 {
451 return m_colBack;
452 }
453 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
454 {
455 return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
456 }
457 else
458 {
459 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
460 return wxNullColour;
461 }
462 }
463
464 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
465 {
466 if (HasFont())
467 {
468 return m_font;
469 }
470 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
471 {
472 return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
473 }
474 else
475 {
476 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
477 return wxNullFont;
478 }
479 }
480
481 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
482 {
483 if (HasAlignment())
484 {
485 if ( hAlign )
486 *hAlign = m_hAlign;
487 if ( vAlign )
488 *vAlign = m_vAlign;
489 }
490 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
491 {
492 m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
493 }
494 else
495 {
496 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
497 }
498 }
499
500 void wxGridCellAttr::GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
501 {
502 if ( hAlign && m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
503 *hAlign = m_hAlign;
504
505 if ( vAlign && m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
506 *vAlign = m_vAlign;
507 }
508
509 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
510 {
511 if ( num_rows )
512 *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
513 if ( num_cols )
514 *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
515 }
516
517 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
518 // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is
519 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
520 // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is
521 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
522 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
523
524 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
525 {
526 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
527
528 if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
529 {
530 // use the cells renderer if it has one
531 renderer = m_renderer;
532 renderer->IncRef();
533 }
534 else // no non-default cell renderer
535 {
536 // get default renderer for the data type
537 if ( grid )
538 {
539 // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
540 renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
541 }
542
543 if ( renderer == NULL )
544 {
545 if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
546 {
547 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
548 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
549 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
550 }
551 else // default grid attr
552 {
553 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
554 renderer = m_renderer;
555 if ( renderer )
556 renderer->IncRef();
557 }
558 }
559 }
560
561 // we're supposed to always find something
562 wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
563
564 return renderer;
565 }
566
567 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
568 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
569 {
570 wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
571
572 if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
573 {
574 // use the cells editor if it has one
575 editor = m_editor;
576 editor->IncRef();
577 }
578 else // no non default cell editor
579 {
580 // get default editor for the data type
581 if ( grid )
582 {
583 // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
584 editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
585 }
586
587 if ( editor == NULL )
588 {
589 if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
590 {
591 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
592 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
593 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
594 }
595 else // default grid attr
596 {
597 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
598 editor = m_editor;
599 if ( editor )
600 editor->IncRef();
601 }
602 }
603 }
604
605 // we're supposed to always find something
606 wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
607
608 return editor;
609 }
610
611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
612 // wxGridCellAttrData
613 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
614
615 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
616 {
617 // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
618 // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
619 // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
620 int n = FindIndex(row, col);
621 if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
622 {
623 if ( attr )
624 {
625 // add the attribute
626 m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
627 }
628 //else: nothing to do
629 }
630 else // we already have an attribute for this cell
631 {
632 if ( attr )
633 {
634 // change the attribute
635 m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
636 }
637 else
638 {
639 // remove this attribute
640 m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
641 }
642 }
643 }
644
645 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
646 {
647 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
648
649 int n = FindIndex(row, col);
650 if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
651 {
652 attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
653 attr->IncRef();
654 }
655
656 return attr;
657 }
658
659 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
660 {
661 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
662 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
663 {
664 wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
665 wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
666 if ((size_t)row >= pos)
667 {
668 if (numRows > 0)
669 {
670 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
671 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
672 }
673 else if (numRows < 0)
674 {
675 // If rows deleted ...
676 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
677 {
678 // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
679 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
680 }
681 else
682 {
683 // ...or remove the attribute
684 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
685 n--;
686 count--;
687 }
688 }
689 }
690 }
691 }
692
693 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
694 {
695 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
696 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
697 {
698 wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
699 wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
700 if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
701 {
702 if ( numCols > 0 )
703 {
704 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
705 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
706 }
707 else if (numCols < 0)
708 {
709 // If rows deleted ...
710 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
711 {
712 // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
713 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
714 }
715 else
716 {
717 // ...or remove the attribute
718 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
719 n--;
720 count--;
721 }
722 }
723 }
724 }
725 }
726
727 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
728 {
729 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
730 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
731 {
732 const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
733 if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
734 {
735 return n;
736 }
737 }
738
739 return wxNOT_FOUND;
740 }
741
742 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
743 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
744 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
745
746 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
747 {
748 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
749 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
750 {
751 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
752 }
753 }
754
755 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
756 {
757 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
758
759 int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
760 if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
761 {
762 attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
763 attr->IncRef();
764 }
765
766 return attr;
767 }
768
769 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
770 {
771 int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
772 if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
773 {
774 if ( attr )
775 {
776 // store the new attribute, taking its ownership
777 m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
778 m_attrs.Add(attr);
779 }
780 // nothing to remove
781 }
782 else // we have an attribute for this row or column
783 {
784 size_t n = (size_t)i;
785
786 // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is
787 // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on
788 // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new
789 // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count
790 // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too
791 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
792
793 if ( attr )
794 {
795 // replace the attribute with the new one
796 m_attrs[n] = attr;
797 }
798 else // remove the attribute
799 {
800 m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
801 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
802 }
803 }
804 }
805
806 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
807 {
808 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
809 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
810 {
811 int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
812 if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
813 {
814 if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
815 {
816 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
817 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
818 }
819 else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
820 {
821 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
822 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
823 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
824 else
825 {
826 m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
827 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
828 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
829 n--;
830 count--;
831 }
832 }
833 }
834 }
835 }
836
837 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
838 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
839 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
840
841 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
842 {
843 m_data = NULL;
844 }
845
846 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
847 {
848 delete m_data;
849 }
850
851 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
852 {
853 m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
854 }
855
856 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
857 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const
858 {
859 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
860 if ( m_data )
861 {
862 switch (kind)
863 {
864 case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
865 // Get cached merge attributes.
866 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
867 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
868 if (!attr)
869 {
870 // Basically implement old version.
871 // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
872 wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
873 wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
874 wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
875
876 if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
877 {
878 // Two or more are non NULL
879 attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
880 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
881
882 // Order is important..
883 if (attrcell)
884 {
885 attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
886 attrcell->DecRef();
887 }
888 if (attrcol)
889 {
890 attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
891 attrcol->DecRef();
892 }
893 if (attrrow)
894 {
895 attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
896 attrrow->DecRef();
897 }
898
899 // store merge attr if cache implemented
900 //attr->IncRef();
901 //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
902 }
903 else
904 {
905 // one or none is non null return it or null.
906 if (attrrow)
907 attr = attrrow;
908 if (attrcol)
909 {
910 if (attr)
911 attr->DecRef();
912 attr = attrcol;
913 }
914 if (attrcell)
915 {
916 if (attr)
917 attr->DecRef();
918 attr = attrcell;
919 }
920 }
921 }
922 break;
923
924 case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
925 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
926 break;
927
928 case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
929 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
930 break;
931
932 case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
933 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
934 break;
935
936 default:
937 // unused as yet...
938 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
939 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
940 break;
941 }
942 }
943
944 return attr;
945 }
946
947 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
948 int row, int col)
949 {
950 if ( !m_data )
951 InitData();
952
953 m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
954 }
955
956 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
957 {
958 if ( !m_data )
959 InitData();
960
961 m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
962 }
963
964 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
965 {
966 if ( !m_data )
967 InitData();
968
969 m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
970 }
971
972 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
973 {
974 if ( m_data )
975 {
976 m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
977
978 m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
979 }
980 }
981
982 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
983 {
984 if ( m_data )
985 {
986 m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
987
988 m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
989 }
990 }
991
992 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
993 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(col))
994 {
995 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer;
996 }
997
998 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
999 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetRowHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(row))
1000 {
1001 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer;
1002 }
1003
1004 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetCornerRenderer()
1005 {
1006 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer;
1007 }
1008
1009 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1010 // wxGridTableBase
1011 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1012
1013 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
1014
1015 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
1016 {
1017 m_view = NULL;
1018 m_attrProvider = NULL;
1019 }
1020
1021 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
1022 {
1023 delete m_attrProvider;
1024 }
1025
1026 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
1027 {
1028 delete m_attrProvider;
1029 m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
1030 }
1031
1032 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
1033 {
1034 if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
1035 {
1036 // use the default attr provider by default
1037 SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
1038 }
1039
1040 return true;
1041 }
1042
1043 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind)
1044 {
1045 if ( m_attrProvider )
1046 return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
1047 else
1048 return NULL;
1049 }
1050
1051 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
1052 {
1053 if ( m_attrProvider )
1054 {
1055 if ( attr )
1056 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
1057 m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
1058 }
1059 else
1060 {
1061 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1062 // free it now
1063 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1064 }
1065 }
1066
1067 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
1068 {
1069 if ( m_attrProvider )
1070 {
1071 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
1072 m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
1073 }
1074 else
1075 {
1076 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1077 // free it now
1078 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1079 }
1080 }
1081
1082 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
1083 {
1084 if ( m_attrProvider )
1085 {
1086 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
1087 m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
1088 }
1089 else
1090 {
1091 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1092 // free it now
1093 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1094 }
1095 }
1096
1097 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1098 size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1099 {
1100 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
1101
1102 return false;
1103 }
1104
1105 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1106 {
1107 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1108
1109 return false;
1110 }
1111
1112 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1113 size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1114 {
1115 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1116
1117 return false;
1118 }
1119
1120 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1121 size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1122 {
1123 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1124
1125 return false;
1126 }
1127
1128 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1129 {
1130 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1131
1132 return false;
1133 }
1134
1135 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1136 size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1137 {
1138 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1139
1140 return false;
1141 }
1142
1143 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1144 {
1145 wxString s;
1146
1147 // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
1148 // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
1149 s << row + 1;
1150
1151 return s;
1152 }
1153
1154 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1155 {
1156 // default col labels are:
1157 // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z
1158 // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
1159 // etc.
1160
1161 wxString s;
1162 unsigned int i, n;
1163 for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
1164 {
1165 s += (wxChar) (wxT('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
1166 col = col / 26 - 1;
1167 if ( col < 0 )
1168 break;
1169 }
1170
1171 // reverse the string...
1172 wxString s2;
1173 for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
1174 {
1175 s2 += s[n - i - 1];
1176 }
1177
1178 return s2;
1179 }
1180
1181 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1182 {
1183 return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1184 }
1185
1186 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1187 const wxString& typeName )
1188 {
1189 return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1190 }
1191
1192 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
1193 {
1194 return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
1195 }
1196
1197 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1198 {
1199 return 0;
1200 }
1201
1202 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1203 {
1204 return 0.0;
1205 }
1206
1207 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1208 {
1209 return false;
1210 }
1211
1212 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1213 long WXUNUSED(value) )
1214 {
1215 }
1216
1217 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1218 double WXUNUSED(value) )
1219 {
1220 }
1221
1222 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1223 bool WXUNUSED(value) )
1224 {
1225 }
1226
1227 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1228 const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
1229 {
1230 return NULL;
1231 }
1232
1233 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1234 const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
1235 void* WXUNUSED(value) )
1236 {
1237 }
1238
1239 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1240 //
1241 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
1242 // to the grid view
1243 //
1244
1245 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
1246 {
1247 m_table = NULL;
1248 m_id = -1;
1249 m_comInt1 = -1;
1250 m_comInt2 = -1;
1251 }
1252
1253 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
1254 int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
1255 {
1256 m_table = table;
1257 m_id = id;
1258 m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
1259 m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
1260 }
1261
1262 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1263 //
1264 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
1265 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
1266 //
1267
1268 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
1269
1270 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
1271
1272 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
1273 : wxGridTableBase()
1274 {
1275 m_numCols = 0;
1276 }
1277
1278 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
1279 : wxGridTableBase()
1280 {
1281 m_numCols = numCols;
1282
1283 m_data.Alloc( numRows );
1284
1285 wxArrayString sa;
1286 sa.Alloc( numCols );
1287 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1288
1289 m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1290 }
1291
1292 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
1293 {
1294 wxCHECK_MSG( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1295 (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1296 wxEmptyString,
1297 wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1298
1299 return m_data[row][col];
1300 }
1301
1302 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
1303 {
1304 wxCHECK_RET( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1305 (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1306 wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1307
1308 m_data[row][col] = value;
1309 }
1310
1311 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
1312 {
1313 int row, col;
1314 int numRows, numCols;
1315
1316 numRows = m_data.GetCount();
1317 if ( numRows > 0 )
1318 {
1319 numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
1320
1321 for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
1322 {
1323 for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
1324 {
1325 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
1326 }
1327 }
1328 }
1329 }
1330
1331 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1332 {
1333 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1334 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1335 ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1336
1337 if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1338 {
1339 return AppendRows( numRows );
1340 }
1341
1342 wxArrayString sa;
1343 sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1344 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1345 m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
1346
1347 if ( GetView() )
1348 {
1349 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1350 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
1351 pos,
1352 numRows );
1353
1354 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1355 }
1356
1357 return true;
1358 }
1359
1360 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
1361 {
1362 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1363 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1364 ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1365 : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1366
1367 wxArrayString sa;
1368 if ( curNumCols > 0 )
1369 {
1370 sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1371 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1372 }
1373
1374 m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1375
1376 if ( GetView() )
1377 {
1378 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1379 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
1380 numRows );
1381
1382 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1383 }
1384
1385 return true;
1386 }
1387
1388 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1389 {
1390 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1391
1392 if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1393 {
1394 wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1395 (
1396 wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
1397 (unsigned long)pos,
1398 (unsigned long)numRows,
1399 (unsigned long)curNumRows
1400 ) );
1401
1402 return false;
1403 }
1404
1405 if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
1406 {
1407 numRows = curNumRows - pos;
1408 }
1409
1410 if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
1411 {
1412 m_data.Clear();
1413 }
1414 else
1415 {
1416 m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
1417 }
1418
1419 if ( GetView() )
1420 {
1421 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1422 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
1423 pos,
1424 numRows );
1425
1426 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1427 }
1428
1429 return true;
1430 }
1431
1432 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1433 {
1434 size_t row, col;
1435
1436 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1437 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1438 ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1439 : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1440
1441 if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1442 {
1443 return AppendCols( numCols );
1444 }
1445
1446 if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1447 {
1448 m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
1449
1450 size_t i;
1451 for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
1452 m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
1453 }
1454
1455 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1456 {
1457 for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
1458 {
1459 m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
1460 }
1461 }
1462
1463 m_numCols += numCols;
1464
1465 if ( GetView() )
1466 {
1467 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1468 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
1469 pos,
1470 numCols );
1471
1472 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1473 }
1474
1475 return true;
1476 }
1477
1478 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
1479 {
1480 size_t row;
1481
1482 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1483
1484 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1485 {
1486 m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1487 }
1488
1489 m_numCols += numCols;
1490
1491 if ( GetView() )
1492 {
1493 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1494 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
1495 numCols );
1496
1497 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1498 }
1499
1500 return true;
1501 }
1502
1503 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1504 {
1505 size_t row;
1506
1507 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1508 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1509 ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1510
1511 if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1512 {
1513 wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1514 (
1515 wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
1516 (unsigned long)pos,
1517 (unsigned long)numCols,
1518 (unsigned long)curNumCols
1519 ) );
1520 return false;
1521 }
1522
1523 int colID;
1524 if ( GetView() )
1525 colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
1526 else
1527 colID = pos;
1528
1529 if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
1530 {
1531 numCols = curNumCols - colID;
1532 }
1533
1534 if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1535 {
1536 // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
1537 // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
1538 // element and not numCols, so account for it
1539 int numRemaining = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
1540 if (numRemaining > 0)
1541 m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, wxMin(numCols, numRemaining) );
1542 }
1543
1544 if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
1545 {
1546 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1547 {
1548 m_data[row].Clear();
1549 }
1550
1551 m_numCols = 0;
1552 }
1553 else // something will be left
1554 {
1555 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1556 {
1557 m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
1558 }
1559
1560 m_numCols -= numCols;
1561 }
1562
1563 if ( GetView() )
1564 {
1565 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1566 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
1567 pos,
1568 numCols );
1569
1570 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1571 }
1572
1573 return true;
1574 }
1575
1576 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1577 {
1578 if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1579 {
1580 // using default label
1581 //
1582 return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
1583 }
1584 else
1585 {
1586 return m_rowLabels[row];
1587 }
1588 }
1589
1590 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1591 {
1592 if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1593 {
1594 // using default label
1595 //
1596 return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
1597 }
1598 else
1599 {
1600 return m_colLabels[col];
1601 }
1602 }
1603
1604 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
1605 {
1606 if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1607 {
1608 int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
1609 int i;
1610
1611 for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
1612 {
1613 m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
1614 }
1615 }
1616
1617 m_rowLabels[row] = value;
1618 }
1619
1620 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
1621 {
1622 if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1623 {
1624 int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
1625 int i;
1626
1627 for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
1628 {
1629 m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
1630 }
1631 }
1632
1633 m_colLabels[col] = value;
1634 }
1635
1636
1637 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1638 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1639
1640 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
1641 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
1642 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1643
1644 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
1645 {
1646 m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
1647 }
1648
1649 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1650 EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1651 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1652 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1653 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1654
1655 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1656 {
1657 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1658
1659 // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1660 // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1661 // set the y coord - MB
1662 //
1663 // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1664
1665 int x, y;
1666 m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1667 wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1668 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
1669
1670 wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1671 m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
1672 }
1673
1674 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1675 {
1676 m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
1677 }
1678
1679 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1680 {
1681 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1682 event.Skip();
1683 }
1684
1685 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1686
1687 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1688 EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1689 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1690 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1691 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1692
1693 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1694 {
1695 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1696
1697 // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1698 // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1699 // set the x coord - MB
1700 //
1701 // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1702
1703 int x, y;
1704 m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1705 wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1706 if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
1707 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
1708 else
1709 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
1710
1711 wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1712 m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
1713 }
1714
1715 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1716 {
1717 m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
1718 }
1719
1720 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1721 {
1722 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1723 event.Skip();
1724 }
1725
1726 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1727
1728 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1729 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1730 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1731 EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1732 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1733
1734 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1735 {
1736 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1737
1738 m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc);
1739 }
1740
1741 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1742 {
1743 m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
1744 }
1745
1746 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1747 {
1748 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1749 event.Skip();
1750 }
1751
1752 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1753
1754 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1755 EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
1756 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1757 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1758 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
1759 EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
1760 EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
1761 EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1762 EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1763 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
1764 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1765
1766 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
1767 {
1768 wxPaintDC dc( this );
1769 m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1770 wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
1771 wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
1772 m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
1773
1774 m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
1775
1776 m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
1777
1778 m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
1779 }
1780
1781 void wxGrid::Render( wxDC& dc,
1782 const wxPoint& position,
1783 const wxSize& size,
1784 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1785 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1786 int style )
1787 {
1788 wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetCol() < GetNumberCols(),
1789 "Invalid right column" );
1790 wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetRow() < GetNumberRows(),
1791 "Invalid bottom row" );
1792
1793 // store user settings and reset later
1794
1795 // remove grid selection, don't paint selection colour
1796 // unless we have wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION
1797 // block selections are the only ones catered for here
1798 wxGridCellCoordsArray selectedCells;
1799 bool hasSelection = IsSelection();
1800 if ( hasSelection && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1801 {
1802 selectedCells = GetSelectionBlockTopLeft();
1803 // non block selections may not have a bottom right
1804 if ( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight().size() )
1805 selectedCells.Add( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight()[ 0 ] );
1806
1807 ClearSelection();
1808 }
1809
1810 // store user device origin
1811 wxCoord userOriginX, userOriginY;
1812 dc.GetDeviceOrigin( &userOriginX, &userOriginY );
1813
1814 // store user scale
1815 double scaleUserX, scaleUserY;
1816 dc.GetUserScale( &scaleUserX, &scaleUserY );
1817
1818 // set defaults if necessary
1819 wxGridCellCoords leftTop( topLeft ), rightBottom( bottomRight );
1820 if ( leftTop.GetCol() < 0 )
1821 leftTop.SetCol(0);
1822 if ( leftTop.GetRow() < 0 )
1823 leftTop.SetRow(0);
1824 if ( rightBottom.GetCol() < 0 )
1825 rightBottom.SetCol(GetNumberCols() - 1);
1826 if ( rightBottom.GetRow() < 0 )
1827 rightBottom.SetRow(GetNumberRows() - 1);
1828
1829 // get grid offset, size and cell parameters
1830 wxPoint pointOffSet;
1831 wxSize sizeGrid;
1832 wxGridCellCoordsArray renderCells;
1833 wxArrayInt arrayCols;
1834 wxArrayInt arrayRows;
1835
1836 GetRenderSizes( leftTop, rightBottom,
1837 pointOffSet, sizeGrid,
1838 renderCells,
1839 arrayCols, arrayRows );
1840
1841 // add headers/labels to dimensions
1842 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1843 sizeGrid.x += GetRowLabelSize();
1844 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1845 sizeGrid.y += GetColLabelSize();
1846
1847 // get render start position in logical units
1848 wxPoint positionRender = GetRenderPosition( dc, position );
1849
1850 wxCoord originX = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( positionRender.x );
1851 wxCoord originY = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( positionRender.y );
1852
1853 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1854
1855 SetRenderScale( dc, positionRender, size, sizeGrid );
1856
1857 // draw row headers at specified origin
1858 if ( GetRowLabelSize() > 0 && ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
1859 {
1860 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1861 {
1862 DrawCornerLabel( dc ); // do only if both col and row labels drawn
1863 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1864 }
1865
1866 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1867 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1868
1869 DrawRowLabels( dc, arrayRows );
1870
1871 // reset for columns
1872 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1873 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1874
1875 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1876 // X offset so we don't overwrite row labels
1877 originX += dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( GetRowLabelSize() );
1878 }
1879
1880 // subtract col offset where startcol > 0
1881 originX -= dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( pointOffSet.x );
1882 // no y offset for col labels, they are at the Y origin
1883
1884 // draw column labels
1885 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1886 {
1887 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1888 DrawColLabels( dc, arrayCols );
1889 // don't overwrite the labels, increment originY
1890 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1891 }
1892
1893 // set device origin to draw grid cells and lines
1894 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1895 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1896
1897 // draw cell area background
1898 dc.SetBrush( GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() );
1899 dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1900 // subtract headers from grid area dimensions
1901 wxSize sizeCells( sizeGrid );
1902 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1903 sizeCells.x -= GetRowLabelSize();
1904 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1905 sizeCells.y -= GetColLabelSize();
1906
1907 dc.DrawRectangle( pointOffSet, sizeCells );
1908
1909 // draw cells
1910 DrawGridCellArea( dc, renderCells );
1911
1912 // draw grid lines
1913 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_CELL_LINES )
1914 {
1915 wxRegion regionClip( pointOffSet.x, pointOffSet.y,
1916 sizeCells.x, sizeCells.y );
1917
1918 DrawRangeGridLines(dc, regionClip, renderCells[0], renderCells.Last());
1919 }
1920
1921 // draw render rectangle bounding lines
1922 DoRenderBox( dc, style,
1923 pointOffSet, sizeCells,
1924 leftTop, rightBottom );
1925
1926 // restore user setings
1927 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( userOriginX, userOriginY );
1928 dc.SetUserScale( scaleUserX, scaleUserY );
1929
1930 if ( selectedCells.size() && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1931 {
1932 SelectBlock( selectedCells[ 0 ].GetRow(),
1933 selectedCells[ 0 ].GetCol(),
1934 selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetRow(),
1935 selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetCol() );
1936 }
1937 }
1938
1939 void
1940 wxGrid::SetRenderScale(wxDC& dc,
1941 const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
1942 const wxSize& sizeGrid )
1943 {
1944 double scaleX, scaleY;
1945 wxSize sizeTemp;
1946
1947 if ( size.GetWidth() != wxDefaultSize.GetWidth() ) // size.x was specified
1948 sizeTemp.SetWidth( size.GetWidth() );
1949 else
1950 sizeTemp.SetWidth( dc.DeviceToLogicalXRel( dc.GetSize().GetWidth() )
1951 - pos.x );
1952
1953 if ( size.GetHeight() != wxDefaultSize.GetHeight() ) // size.y was specified
1954 sizeTemp.SetHeight( size.GetHeight() );
1955 else
1956 sizeTemp.SetHeight( dc.DeviceToLogicalYRel( dc.GetSize().GetHeight() )
1957 - pos.y );
1958
1959 scaleX = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetWidth() / (double) sizeGrid.GetWidth() );
1960 scaleY = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetHeight() / (double) sizeGrid.GetHeight() );
1961
1962 dc.SetUserScale( wxMin( scaleX, scaleY), wxMin( scaleX, scaleY ) );
1963 }
1964
1965 // get grid rendered size, origin offset and fill cell arrays
1966 void wxGrid::GetRenderSizes( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1967 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1968 wxPoint& pointOffSet, wxSize& sizeGrid,
1969 wxGridCellCoordsArray& renderCells,
1970 wxArrayInt& arrayCols, wxArrayInt& arrayRows )
1971 {
1972 pointOffSet.x = 0;
1973 pointOffSet.y = 0;
1974 sizeGrid.SetWidth( 0 );
1975 sizeGrid.SetHeight( 0 );
1976
1977 int col, row;
1978
1979 wxGridSizesInfo sizeinfo = GetColSizes();
1980 for ( col = 0; col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
1981 {
1982 if ( col < topLeft.GetCol() )
1983 {
1984 pointOffSet.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1985 }
1986 else
1987 {
1988 for ( row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
1989 {
1990 renderCells.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ));
1991 arrayRows.Add( row ); // column labels rendered in DrawColLabels
1992 }
1993 arrayCols.Add( col ); // row labels rendered in DrawRowLabels
1994 sizeGrid.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1995 }
1996 }
1997
1998 sizeinfo = GetRowSizes();
1999 for ( row = 0; row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
2000 {
2001 if ( row < topLeft.GetRow() )
2002 pointOffSet.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2003 else
2004 sizeGrid.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2005 }
2006 }
2007
2008 // get render start position
2009 // if position not specified use dc draw extents MaxX and MaxY
2010 wxPoint wxGrid::GetRenderPosition( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& position )
2011 {
2012 wxPoint positionRender( position );
2013
2014 if ( !positionRender.IsFullySpecified() )
2015 {
2016 if ( positionRender.x == wxDefaultPosition.x )
2017 positionRender.x = dc.MaxX();
2018
2019 if ( positionRender.y == wxDefaultPosition.y )
2020 positionRender.y = dc.MaxY();
2021 }
2022
2023 return positionRender;
2024 }
2025
2026 // draw render rectangle bounding lines
2027 // useful where there is multi cell row or col clipping and no cell border
2028 void wxGrid::DoRenderBox( wxDC& dc, const int& style,
2029 const wxPoint& pointOffSet,
2030 const wxSize& sizeCells,
2031 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
2032 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight )
2033 {
2034 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_BOX_RECT ) )
2035 return;
2036
2037 int bottom = pointOffSet.y + sizeCells.GetY(),
2038 right = pointOffSet.x + sizeCells.GetX() - 1;
2039
2040 // horiz top line if we are not drawing column header/labels
2041 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER ) )
2042 {
2043 int left = pointOffSet.x;
2044 left += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2045 ? - GetRowLabelSize() : 0;
2046 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( topLeft.GetRow() ) );
2047 dc.DrawLine( left,
2048 pointOffSet.y,
2049 right,
2050 pointOffSet.y );
2051 }
2052
2053 // horiz bottom line
2054 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetRow() ) );
2055 dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x, bottom - 1, right, bottom - 1 );
2056
2057 // left vertical line if we are not drawing row header/labels
2058 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
2059 {
2060 int top = pointOffSet.y;
2061 top += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2062 ? - GetColLabelSize() : 0;
2063 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( topLeft.GetCol() ) );
2064 dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x -1,
2065 top,
2066 pointOffSet.x - 1,
2067 bottom - 1 );
2068 }
2069
2070 // right vertical line
2071 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetCol() ) );
2072 dc.DrawLine( right, pointOffSet.y, right, bottom - 1 );
2073 }
2074
2075 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
2076 {
2077 wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
2078 m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
2079 m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
2080 }
2081
2082 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
2083 {
2084 if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
2085 SetFocus();
2086
2087 m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
2088 }
2089
2090 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
2091 {
2092 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
2093 event.Skip();
2094 }
2095
2096 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
2097 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
2098 //
2099 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
2100 {
2101 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2102 event.Skip();
2103 }
2104
2105 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
2106 {
2107 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2108 event.Skip();
2109 }
2110
2111 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
2112 {
2113 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2114 event.Skip();
2115 }
2116
2117 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
2118 {
2119 }
2120
2121 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
2122 {
2123 // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
2124 // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
2125 if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
2126 {
2127 Refresh();
2128 }
2129 else
2130 {
2131 // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
2132 // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
2133 // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
2134 // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
2135 // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
2136 // branch so that it's always executed.
2137
2138 // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
2139 const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
2140 m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
2141 const wxRect cursor =
2142 m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
2143 Refresh(true, &cursor);
2144 }
2145
2146 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2147 event.Skip();
2148 }
2149
2150 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
2151 #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true)
2152
2153 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2154
2155 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
2156 EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
2157 EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
2158 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
2159 EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
2160 EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
2161 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
2162 EVT_COMMAND(wxID_ANY, wxEVT_GRID_HIDE_EDITOR, wxGrid::OnHideEditor )
2163 END_EVENT_TABLE()
2164
2165 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
2166 const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
2167 long style, const wxString& name)
2168 {
2169 if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
2170 style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
2171 return false;
2172
2173 m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2174 m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2175
2176 Create();
2177 SetInitialSize(size);
2178 CalcDimensions();
2179
2180 return true;
2181 }
2182
2183 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
2184 {
2185 if ( m_winCapture )
2186 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
2187
2188 // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is,
2189 // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the
2190 // half destroyed grid
2191 HideCellEditControl();
2192
2193 // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
2194 SetTargetWindow(this);
2195 ClearAttrCache();
2196 wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
2197
2198 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
2199 size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
2200 wxPrintf(wxT("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
2201 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
2202 total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
2203 total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
2204 #endif
2205
2206 // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
2207 // with dangling view pointer
2208 if ( m_ownTable )
2209 delete m_table;
2210 else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
2211 m_table->SetView(NULL);
2212
2213 delete m_typeRegistry;
2214 delete m_selection;
2215
2216 delete m_setFixedRows;
2217 delete m_setFixedCols;
2218 }
2219
2220 //
2221 // ----- internal init and update functions
2222 //
2223
2224 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
2225 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
2226 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
2227
2228 void wxGrid::Create()
2229 {
2230 // create the type registry
2231 m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
2232
2233 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
2234
2235 m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
2236
2237 // Set default cell attributes
2238 m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
2239 m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
2240 m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
2241 m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
2242 m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
2243 m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2244
2245 #if _USE_VISATTR
2246 wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2247 wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2248
2249 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
2250 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
2251
2252 #else
2253 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
2254 wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
2255 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
2256 wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
2257 #endif
2258
2259 m_numRows = 0;
2260 m_numCols = 0;
2261 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2262
2263 // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
2264 m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this);
2265 CreateColumnWindow();
2266 m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this);
2267 m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this );
2268
2269 SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
2270
2271 #if _USE_VISATTR
2272 wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
2273 wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
2274 wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
2275 wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
2276 #else
2277 wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2278 wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
2279 wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2280 wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
2281 #endif
2282
2283 m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2284 m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2285 m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2286 m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2287 m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2288 m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2289
2290 m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
2291 m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
2292
2293 m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
2294 m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour();
2295
2296 // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default
2297 // row height
2298 m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
2299 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
2300 m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
2301 #else
2302 m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
2303 #endif
2304
2305 }
2306
2307 void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow()
2308 {
2309 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2310 {
2311 m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this);
2312 m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y;
2313 }
2314 else // draw labels ourselves
2315 {
2316 m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this);
2317 m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2318 }
2319 }
2320
2321 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
2322 wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2323 {
2324 wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
2325 false,
2326 wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
2327
2328 return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode);
2329 }
2330
2331 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
2332 {
2333 wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
2334 wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2335
2336 m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
2337 }
2338
2339 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
2340 {
2341 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells,
2342 wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2343
2344 return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
2345 }
2346
2347 bool
2348 wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table,
2349 bool takeOwnership,
2350 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2351 {
2352 bool checkSelection = false;
2353 if ( m_created )
2354 {
2355 // stop all processing
2356 m_created = false;
2357
2358 if (m_table)
2359 {
2360 m_table->SetView(0);
2361 if( m_ownTable )
2362 delete m_table;
2363 m_table = NULL;
2364 }
2365
2366 wxDELETE(m_selection);
2367
2368 m_ownTable = false;
2369 m_numRows = 0;
2370 m_numCols = 0;
2371 checkSelection = true;
2372
2373 // kill row and column size arrays
2374 m_colWidths.Empty();
2375 m_colRights.Empty();
2376 m_rowHeights.Empty();
2377 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2378 }
2379
2380 if (table)
2381 {
2382 m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
2383 m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
2384
2385 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2386 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2387
2388 m_table = table;
2389 m_table->SetView( this );
2390 m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
2391 m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
2392 if (checkSelection)
2393 {
2394 // If the newly set table is smaller than the
2395 // original one current cell and selection regions
2396 // might be invalid,
2397 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2398 m_currentCellCoords =
2399 wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
2400 wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
2401 if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
2402 m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
2403 {
2404 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2405 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2406 }
2407 else
2408 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2409 wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
2410 m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()),
2411 wxMin(m_numCols,
2412 m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol()));
2413 }
2414 CalcDimensions();
2415
2416 m_created = true;
2417 }
2418
2419 InvalidateBestSize();
2420
2421 return m_created;
2422 }
2423
2424 void wxGrid::Init()
2425 {
2426 m_created = false;
2427
2428 m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
2429 m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
2430 m_colWindow = NULL;
2431 m_gridWin = NULL;
2432
2433 m_table = NULL;
2434 m_ownTable = false;
2435
2436 m_selection = NULL;
2437 m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
2438 m_typeRegistry = NULL;
2439 m_winCapture = NULL;
2440
2441 m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
2442 m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2443
2444 m_setFixedRows =
2445 m_setFixedCols = NULL;
2446
2447 // init attr cache
2448 m_attrCache.row = -1;
2449 m_attrCache.col = -1;
2450 m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
2451
2452 m_labelFont = GetFont();
2453 m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
2454
2455 m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2456 m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2457
2458 m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2459 m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2460 m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
2461
2462 m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
2463 m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation
2464
2465 m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
2466 m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
2467
2468 m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
2469 m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
2470 m_gridLinesClipHorz =
2471 m_gridLinesClipVert = true;
2472 m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
2473 m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
2474 m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
2475
2476 m_canDragColMove = false;
2477
2478 m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
2479 m_winCapture = NULL;
2480 m_canDragRowSize = true;
2481 m_canDragColSize = true;
2482 m_canDragGridSize = true;
2483 m_canDragCell = false;
2484 m_dragLastPos = -1;
2485 m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
2486 m_isDragging = false;
2487 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
2488
2489 m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND;
2490 m_sortIsAscending = true;
2491
2492 m_useNativeHeader =
2493 m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
2494
2495 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
2496
2497 m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
2498 m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
2499
2500 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2501
2502 m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
2503 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2504 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2505
2506 m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
2507 m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
2508
2509 m_editable = true; // default for whole grid
2510
2511 m_inOnKeyDown = false;
2512 m_batchCount = 0;
2513
2514 m_extraWidth =
2515 m_extraHeight = 0;
2516
2517 // we can't call SetScrollRate() as the window isn't created yet but OTOH
2518 // we don't need to call it neither as the scroll position is (0, 0) right
2519 // now anyhow, so just set the parameters directly
2520 m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
2521 m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
2522
2523 m_tabBehaviour = Tab_Stop;
2524 }
2525
2526 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2527 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
2528 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
2529 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
2530 // arrays at all
2531 //
2532 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
2533 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
2534 // this is not done currently
2535 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2536
2537 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
2538 {
2539 m_rowHeights.Empty();
2540 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2541
2542 m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
2543 m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
2544
2545 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
2546
2547 int rowBottom = 0;
2548 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2549 {
2550 rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
2551 m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
2552 }
2553 }
2554
2555 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
2556 {
2557 m_colWidths.Empty();
2558 m_colRights.Empty();
2559
2560 m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
2561 m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
2562
2563 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
2564
2565 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2566 {
2567 int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2568 m_colRights.Add( colRight );
2569 }
2570 }
2571
2572 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
2573 {
2574 if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2575 return m_defaultColWidth;
2576
2577 // a negative width indicates a hidden column
2578 return m_colWidths[col] > 0 ? m_colWidths[col] : 0;
2579 }
2580
2581 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
2582 {
2583 if ( m_colRights.IsEmpty() )
2584 return GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2585
2586 return m_colRights[col] - GetColWidth(col);
2587 }
2588
2589 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
2590 {
2591 return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
2592 : m_colRights[col];
2593 }
2594
2595 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
2596 {
2597 // no custom heights / hidden rows
2598 if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2599 return m_defaultRowHeight;
2600
2601 // a negative height indicates a hidden row
2602 return m_rowHeights[row] > 0 ? m_rowHeights[row] : 0;
2603 }
2604
2605 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
2606 {
2607 if ( m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() )
2608 return row * m_defaultRowHeight;
2609
2610 return m_rowBottoms[row] - GetRowHeight(row);
2611 }
2612
2613 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
2614 {
2615 return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
2616 : m_rowBottoms[row];
2617 }
2618
2619 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
2620 {
2621 // compute the size of the scrollable area
2622 int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
2623 int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
2624
2625 w += m_extraWidth;
2626 h += m_extraHeight;
2627
2628 // take into account editor if shown
2629 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
2630 {
2631 int w2, h2;
2632 int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
2633 int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
2634 int x = GetColLeft(c);
2635 int y = GetRowTop(r);
2636
2637 // how big is the editor
2638 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
2639 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
2640 editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
2641 w2 += x;
2642 h2 += y;
2643 if ( w2 > w )
2644 w = w2;
2645 if ( h2 > h )
2646 h = h2;
2647 editor->DecRef();
2648 attr->DecRef();
2649 }
2650
2651 // preserve (more or less) the previous position
2652 int x, y;
2653 GetViewStart( &x, &y );
2654
2655 // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
2656 if ( x >= w )
2657 x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
2658 if ( y >= h )
2659 y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
2660
2661 // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
2662 m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
2663 Scroll(x, y);
2664 AdjustScrollbars();
2665
2666 // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
2667 // still must reposition the children
2668 CalcWindowSizes();
2669 }
2670
2671 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
2672 {
2673 wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
2674 sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
2675 sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
2676
2677 return sizeGridWin;
2678 }
2679
2680 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
2681 {
2682 // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
2683
2684 if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
2685 return;
2686
2687 int cw, ch;
2688 GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2689
2690 // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
2691 // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
2692 int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
2693 int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
2694 if (gw < 0)
2695 gw = 0;
2696 if (gh < 0)
2697 gh = 0;
2698
2699 if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
2700 m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
2701
2702 if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() )
2703 m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
2704
2705 if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
2706 m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
2707
2708 if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
2709 m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
2710 }
2711
2712 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
2713 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
2714 //
2715 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
2716 {
2717 int i;
2718 bool result = false;
2719
2720 // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
2721 // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
2722 ClearAttrCache();
2723
2724 // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
2725 // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
2726 // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
2727 // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
2728 // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
2729 HideCellEditControl();
2730
2731 switch ( msg.GetId() )
2732 {
2733 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
2734 {
2735 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2736 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2737
2738 m_numRows += numRows;
2739
2740 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2741 {
2742 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
2743 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
2744
2745 int bottom = 0;
2746 if ( pos > 0 )
2747 bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
2748
2749 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2750 {
2751 bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2752 m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2753 }
2754 }
2755
2756 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2757 {
2758 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2759 // cell will be undefined...
2760 //
2761 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2762 }
2763
2764 if ( m_selection )
2765 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
2766 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2767 if (attrProvider)
2768 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2769
2770 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2771 {
2772 CalcDimensions();
2773 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2774 }
2775 }
2776 result = true;
2777 break;
2778
2779 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
2780 {
2781 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
2782 int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
2783 m_numRows += numRows;
2784
2785 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2786 {
2787 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
2788 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
2789
2790 int bottom = 0;
2791 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
2792 bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
2793
2794 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2795 {
2796 bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2797 m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2798 }
2799 }
2800
2801 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2802 {
2803 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2804 // cell will be undefined...
2805 //
2806 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2807 }
2808
2809 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2810 {
2811 CalcDimensions();
2812 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2813 }
2814 }
2815 result = true;
2816 break;
2817
2818 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
2819 {
2820 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2821 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2822 m_numRows -= numRows;
2823
2824 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2825 {
2826 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2827 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2828
2829 int h = 0;
2830 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2831 {
2832 h += m_rowHeights[i];
2833 m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
2834 }
2835 }
2836
2837 if ( !m_numRows )
2838 {
2839 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2840 }
2841 else
2842 {
2843 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
2844 m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
2845 }
2846
2847 if ( m_selection )
2848 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2849 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2850 if (attrProvider)
2851 {
2852 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2853
2854 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
2855 #if 0
2856 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
2857 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
2858 // all column attributes.
2859 // I hate to do this here, but the
2860 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
2861 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
2862 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
2863 #endif
2864 }
2865
2866 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2867 {
2868 CalcDimensions();
2869 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2870 }
2871 }
2872 result = true;
2873 break;
2874
2875 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
2876 {
2877 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2878 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2879 m_numCols += numCols;
2880
2881 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2882 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2883
2884 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2885 {
2886 //Shift the column IDs
2887 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
2888 {
2889 if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
2890 m_colAt[i] += numCols;
2891 }
2892
2893 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
2894
2895 //Set the new columns' positions
2896 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
2897 {
2898 m_colAt[i] = i;
2899 }
2900 }
2901
2902 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2903 {
2904 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
2905 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
2906
2907 int right = 0;
2908 if ( pos > 0 )
2909 right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
2910
2911 int colPos;
2912 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2913 {
2914 i = GetColAt( colPos );
2915
2916 right += m_colWidths[i];
2917 m_colRights[i] = right;
2918 }
2919 }
2920
2921 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2922 {
2923 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2924 // cell will be undefined...
2925 //
2926 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2927 }
2928
2929 if ( m_selection )
2930 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
2931 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2932 if (attrProvider)
2933 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2934 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2935 {
2936 CalcDimensions();
2937 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2938 }
2939 }
2940 result = true;
2941 break;
2942
2943 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
2944 {
2945 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
2946 int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
2947 m_numCols += numCols;
2948 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2949 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2950
2951 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2952 {
2953 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
2954
2955 //Set the new columns' positions
2956 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2957 {
2958 m_colAt[i] = i;
2959 }
2960 }
2961
2962 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2963 {
2964 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
2965 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
2966
2967 int right = 0;
2968 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
2969 right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
2970
2971 int colPos;
2972 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2973 {
2974 i = GetColAt( colPos );
2975
2976 right += m_colWidths[i];
2977 m_colRights[i] = right;
2978 }
2979 }
2980
2981 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2982 {
2983 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2984 // cell will be undefined...
2985 //
2986 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2987 }
2988 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2989 {
2990 CalcDimensions();
2991 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2992 }
2993 }
2994 result = true;
2995 break;
2996
2997 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
2998 {
2999 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
3000 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
3001 m_numCols -= numCols;
3002 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3003 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
3004
3005 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
3006 {
3007 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
3008
3009 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3010
3011 //Shift the column IDs
3012 int colPos;
3013 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3014 {
3015 if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
3016 m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
3017 }
3018 }
3019
3020 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
3021 {
3022 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3023 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3024
3025 int w = 0;
3026 int colPos;
3027 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3028 {
3029 i = GetColAt( colPos );
3030
3031 w += m_colWidths[i];
3032 m_colRights[i] = w;
3033 }
3034 }
3035
3036 if ( !m_numCols )
3037 {
3038 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3039 }
3040 else
3041 {
3042 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
3043 m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
3044 }
3045
3046 if ( m_selection )
3047 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3048 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
3049 if (attrProvider)
3050 {
3051 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3052
3053 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
3054 #if 0
3055 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
3056 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
3057 // all row attributes.
3058 // I hate to do this here, but the
3059 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
3060 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
3061 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
3062 #endif
3063 }
3064
3065 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
3066 {
3067 CalcDimensions();
3068 m_colWindow->Refresh();
3069 }
3070 }
3071 result = true;
3072 break;
3073 }
3074
3075 InvalidateBestSize();
3076
3077 if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
3078 m_gridWin->Refresh();
3079
3080 return result;
3081 }
3082
3083 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3084 {
3085 wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3086 wxRect r;
3087
3088 wxArrayInt rowlabels;
3089
3090 int top, bottom;
3091 while ( iter )
3092 {
3093 r = iter.GetRect();
3094
3095 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3096 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3097 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3098 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3099 //
3100 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3101 int cw, ch;
3102 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3103 if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
3104 r.SetTop( 0 );
3105 r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3106 #endif
3107
3108 // logical bounds of update region
3109 //
3110 int dummy;
3111 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
3112 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
3113
3114 // find the row labels within these bounds
3115 //
3116 int row;
3117 for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3118 {
3119 if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
3120 continue;
3121
3122 if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3123 break;
3124
3125 rowlabels.Add( row );
3126 }
3127
3128 ++iter;
3129 }
3130
3131 return rowlabels;
3132 }
3133
3134 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3135 {
3136 wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3137 wxRect r;
3138
3139 wxArrayInt colLabels;
3140
3141 int left, right;
3142 while ( iter )
3143 {
3144 r = iter.GetRect();
3145
3146 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3147 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3148 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3149 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3150 //
3151 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3152 int cw, ch;
3153 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3154 if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
3155 r.SetLeft( 0 );
3156 r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3157 #endif
3158
3159 // logical bounds of update region
3160 //
3161 int dummy;
3162 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
3163 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
3164
3165 // find the cells within these bounds
3166 //
3167 int col;
3168 int colPos;
3169 for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3170 {
3171 col = GetColAt( colPos );
3172
3173 if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
3174 continue;
3175
3176 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
3177 break;
3178
3179 colLabels.Add( col );
3180 }
3181
3182 ++iter;
3183 }
3184
3185 return colLabels;
3186 }
3187
3188 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3189 {
3190 wxRect r;
3191
3192 wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed;
3193
3194 int left, top, right, bottom;
3195 for ( wxRegionIterator iter(reg); iter; ++iter )
3196 {
3197 r = iter.GetRect();
3198
3199 // Skip 0-height cells, they're invisible anyhow, don't waste time
3200 // getting their rectangles and so on.
3201 if ( !r.GetHeight() )
3202 continue;
3203
3204 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3205 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3206 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3207 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3208 //
3209 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3210 int cw, ch;
3211 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3212 if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
3213 if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
3214 r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3215 r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3216 #endif
3217
3218 // logical bounds of update region
3219 //
3220 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
3221 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
3222
3223 // find the cells within these bounds
3224 wxArrayInt cols;
3225 for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3226 {
3227 if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
3228 continue;
3229
3230 if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3231 break;
3232
3233 // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which
3234 // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once
3235 // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones
3236 if ( cols.empty() )
3237 {
3238 // do determine the dirty columns
3239 for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ )
3240 cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos));
3241
3242 // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do
3243 if ( cols.empty() )
3244 break;
3245 }
3246
3247 const size_t count = cols.size();
3248 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3249 cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n]));
3250 }
3251 }
3252
3253 return cellsExposed;
3254 }
3255
3256
3257 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3258 {
3259 int x, y, row;
3260 wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
3261 CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
3262
3263 if ( event.Dragging() )
3264 {
3265 if (!m_isDragging)
3266 {
3267 m_isDragging = true;
3268 m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
3269 }
3270
3271 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3272 {
3273 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3274 {
3275 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3276 {
3277 int cw, ch, left, dummy;
3278 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3279 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
3280
3281 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3282 PrepareDC( dc );
3283 y = wxMax( y,
3284 GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
3285 GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
3286 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3287 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3288 {
3289 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
3290 }
3291 dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
3292 m_dragLastPos = y;
3293 }
3294 break;
3295
3296 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3297 {
3298 if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
3299 {
3300 if ( m_selection )
3301 m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3302 }
3303 }
3304 break;
3305
3306 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3307 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3308 default:
3309 break;
3310 }
3311 }
3312 return;
3313 }
3314
3315 if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3316 return;
3317
3318 if (m_isDragging)
3319 {
3320 if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
3321 m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
3322 m_isDragging = false;
3323 }
3324
3325 // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3326 //
3327 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3328 {
3329 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3330 }
3331
3332 // ------------ Left button pressed
3333 //
3334 else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3335 {
3336 row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3337 if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3338 {
3339 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3340 }
3341 else // not a request to start resizing
3342 {
3343 row = YToRow(y);
3344 if ( row >= 0 &&
3345 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3346 {
3347 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3348 ClearSelection();
3349 if ( m_selection )
3350 {
3351 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3352 {
3353 m_selection->SelectBlock
3354 (
3355 m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0,
3356 row, GetNumberCols() - 1,
3357 event
3358 );
3359 }
3360 else
3361 {
3362 m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3363 }
3364 }
3365
3366 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3367 }
3368 }
3369 }
3370
3371 // ------------ Left double click
3372 //
3373 else if (event.LeftDClick() )
3374 {
3375 row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3376 if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3377 {
3378 // adjust row height depending on label text
3379 //
3380 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3381 AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
3382
3383 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event);
3384
3385 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3386 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3387 }
3388 else // not on row separator or it's not resizable
3389 {
3390 row = YToRow(y);
3391 if ( row >=0 &&
3392 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3393 {
3394 // no default action at the moment
3395 }
3396 }
3397 }
3398
3399 // ------------ Left button released
3400 //
3401 else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3402 {
3403 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
3404 DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
3405
3406 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3407 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3408 }
3409
3410 // ------------ Right button down
3411 //
3412 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3413 {
3414 row = YToRow(y);
3415 if ( row >=0 &&
3416 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3417 {
3418 // no default action at the moment
3419 }
3420 }
3421
3422 // ------------ Right double click
3423 //
3424 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3425 {
3426 row = YToRow(y);
3427 if ( row >= 0 &&
3428 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3429 {
3430 // no default action at the moment
3431 }
3432 }
3433
3434 // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3435 //
3436 else if ( event.Moving() )
3437 {
3438 m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
3439 if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3440 {
3441 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3442 {
3443 if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3444 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3445 }
3446 }
3447 else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3448 {
3449 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3450 }
3451 }
3452 }
3453
3454 void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col)
3455 {
3456 wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" );
3457
3458 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3459 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
3460 else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
3461 m_colWindow->Refresh();
3462 //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version
3463 }
3464
3465 void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending)
3466 {
3467 if ( col == m_sortCol )
3468 {
3469 // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all)
3470 // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it
3471 if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending )
3472 {
3473 m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3474
3475 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3476 }
3477 }
3478 else // we're changing the column used for sorting
3479 {
3480 const int sortColOld = m_sortCol;
3481
3482 // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn()
3483 // to return the correct new value
3484 m_sortCol = col;
3485
3486 if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND )
3487 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld);
3488
3489 if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3490 {
3491 m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3492 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3493 }
3494 }
3495 }
3496
3497 void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col)
3498 {
3499 // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and
3500 // not vetoed
3501 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 )
3502 {
3503 SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true);
3504 Refresh();
3505 }
3506 }
3507
3508 void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col)
3509 {
3510 m_dragRowOrCol = col;
3511 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3512 DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3513 }
3514
3515 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x)
3516 {
3517 int cw, ch, dummy, top;
3518 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3519 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
3520
3521 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3522 PrepareDC( dc );
3523
3524 x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3525 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3526 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3527 {
3528 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
3529 }
3530 dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
3531 m_dragLastPos = x;
3532 }
3533
3534 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w)
3535 {
3536 DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w);
3537 }
3538
3539 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3540 {
3541 int x;
3542 CalcUnscrolledPosition( event.GetPosition().x, 0, &x, NULL );
3543
3544 int col = XToCol(x);
3545 if ( event.Dragging() )
3546 {
3547 if (!m_isDragging)
3548 {
3549 m_isDragging = true;
3550 GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse();
3551
3552 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 )
3553 DoStartMoveCol(col);
3554 }
3555
3556 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3557 {
3558 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3559 {
3560 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3561 DoUpdateResizeCol(x);
3562 break;
3563
3564 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3565 {
3566 if ( col != -1 )
3567 {
3568 if ( m_selection )
3569 m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3570 }
3571 }
3572 break;
3573
3574 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3575 {
3576 int posNew = XToPos(x);
3577 int colNew = GetColAt(posNew);
3578
3579 // determine the position of the drop marker
3580 int markerX;
3581 if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) )
3582 markerX = GetColRight(colNew);
3583 else
3584 markerX = GetColLeft(colNew);
3585
3586 if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
3587 {
3588 wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3589 DoPrepareDC(dc);
3590
3591 int cw, ch;
3592 GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3593
3594 markerX++;
3595
3596 //Clean up the last indicator
3597 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3598 {
3599 wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
3600 dc.SetPen(pen);
3601 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
3602 dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3603
3604 if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
3605 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
3606 }
3607
3608 const wxColour *color;
3609 //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
3610 if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol )
3611 color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
3612 else
3613 color = wxBLUE;
3614
3615 //Draw the marker
3616 wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
3617 dc.SetPen(pen);
3618
3619 dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
3620
3621 dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3622
3623 m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
3624 }
3625 }
3626 break;
3627
3628 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3629 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3630 default:
3631 break;
3632 }
3633 }
3634 return;
3635 }
3636
3637 if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3638 return;
3639
3640 if (m_isDragging)
3641 {
3642 if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture())
3643 GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse();
3644 m_isDragging = false;
3645 }
3646
3647 // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3648 //
3649 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3650 {
3651 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3652 }
3653
3654 // ------------ Left button pressed
3655 //
3656 else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3657 {
3658 int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3659 if ( colEdge != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(colEdge) )
3660 {
3661 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3662 }
3663 else // not a request to start resizing
3664 {
3665 if ( col >= 0 &&
3666 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3667 {
3668 if ( m_canDragColMove )
3669 {
3670 //Show button as pressed
3671 wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3672 int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
3673 int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
3674 dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
3675 dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
3676 dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
3677
3678 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3679 }
3680 else
3681 {
3682 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3683 ClearSelection();
3684 if ( m_selection )
3685 {
3686 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3687 {
3688 m_selection->SelectBlock
3689 (
3690 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
3691 GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
3692 event
3693 );
3694 }
3695 else
3696 {
3697 m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3698 }
3699 }
3700
3701 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3702 }
3703 }
3704 }
3705 }
3706
3707 // ------------ Left double click
3708 //
3709 if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3710 {
3711 const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3712 if ( colEdge == -1 )
3713 {
3714 if ( col >= 0 &&
3715 ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3716 {
3717 // no default action at the moment
3718 }
3719 }
3720 else
3721 {
3722 // adjust column width depending on label text
3723 //
3724 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3725 if ( !SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event) )
3726 AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge );
3727
3728 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event);
3729
3730 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3731 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3732 }
3733 }
3734
3735 // ------------ Left button released
3736 //
3737 else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3738 {
3739 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3740 {
3741 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3742 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
3743 break;
3744
3745 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3746 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol )
3747 {
3748 // the column didn't actually move anywhere
3749 if ( col != -1 )
3750 DoColHeaderClick(col);
3751 m_colWindow->Refresh(); // "unpress" the column
3752 }
3753 else
3754 {
3755 // get the position of the column we're over
3756 int pos = XToPos(x);
3757
3758 // we may need to adjust the drop position but don't bother
3759 // checking for it if we can't anyhow
3760 if ( pos > 1 )
3761 {
3762 // also find the index of the column we're over: notice
3763 // that the existing "col" variable may be invalid but
3764 // we need a valid one here
3765 const int colValid = GetColAt(pos);
3766
3767 // if we're on the "near" (usually left but right in
3768 // RTL case) part of the column, the actual position we
3769 // should be placed in is actually the one before it
3770 bool onNearPart;
3771 const int middle = GetColLeft(colValid) +
3772 GetColWidth(colValid)/2;
3773 if ( GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_LeftToRight )
3774 onNearPart = (x <= middle);
3775 else // wxLayout_RightToLeft
3776 onNearPart = (x > middle);
3777
3778 if ( onNearPart )
3779 pos--;
3780 }
3781
3782 DoEndMoveCol(pos);
3783 }
3784 break;
3785
3786 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3787 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
3788 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3789 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3790 if ( col != -1 )
3791 DoColHeaderClick(col);
3792 break;
3793 }
3794
3795 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3796 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3797 }
3798
3799 // ------------ Right button down
3800 //
3801 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3802 {
3803 if ( col >= 0 &&
3804 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3805 {
3806 // no default action at the moment
3807 }
3808 }
3809
3810 // ------------ Right double click
3811 //
3812 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3813 {
3814 if ( col >= 0 &&
3815 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3816 {
3817 // no default action at the moment
3818 }
3819 }
3820
3821 // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3822 //
3823 else if ( event.Moving() )
3824 {
3825 m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
3826 if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
3827 {
3828 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3829 {
3830 if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3831 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3832 }
3833 }
3834 else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3835 {
3836 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3837 }
3838 }
3839 }
3840
3841 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3842 {
3843 if ( event.LeftDown() )
3844 {
3845 // indicate corner label by having both row and
3846 // col args == -1
3847 //
3848 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3849 {
3850 SelectAll();
3851 }
3852 }
3853 else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3854 {
3855 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
3856 }
3857 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3858 {
3859 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3860 {
3861 // no default action at the moment
3862 }
3863 }
3864 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3865 {
3866 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3867 {
3868 // no default action at the moment
3869 }
3870 }
3871 }
3872
3873 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
3874 {
3875 // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
3876 if ( m_winCapture )
3877 {
3878 m_isDragging = false;
3879 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
3880
3881 m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
3882 m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3883 m_winCapture = NULL;
3884
3885 // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
3886 Refresh();
3887 }
3888 }
3889
3890 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
3891 wxWindow *win,
3892 bool captureMouse)
3893 {
3894 #if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3895 static const wxChar *const cursorModes[] =
3896 {
3897 wxT("SELECT_CELL"),
3898 wxT("RESIZE_ROW"),
3899 wxT("RESIZE_COL"),
3900 wxT("SELECT_ROW"),
3901 wxT("SELECT_COL"),
3902 wxT("MOVE_COL"),
3903 };
3904
3905 wxLogTrace(wxT("grid"),
3906 wxT("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
3907 win == m_colWindow ? wxT("colLabelWin")
3908 : win ? wxT("rowLabelWin")
3909 : wxT("gridWin"),
3910 cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
3911 #endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3912
3913 if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
3914 win == m_winCapture &&
3915 captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
3916 return;
3917
3918 if ( !win )
3919 {
3920 // by default use the grid itself
3921 win = m_gridWin;
3922 }
3923
3924 if ( m_winCapture )
3925 {
3926 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
3927 m_winCapture = NULL;
3928 }
3929
3930 m_cursorMode = mode;
3931
3932 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3933 {
3934 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3935 win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
3936 break;
3937
3938 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3939 win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
3940 break;
3941
3942 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3943 win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
3944 break;
3945
3946 default:
3947 win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3948 break;
3949 }
3950
3951 // we need to capture mouse when resizing
3952 bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
3953 m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
3954
3955 if ( captureMouse && resize )
3956 {
3957 win->CaptureMouse();
3958 m_winCapture = win;
3959 }
3960 }
3961
3962 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3963 // grid mouse event processing
3964 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3965
3966 bool
3967 wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event,
3968 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
3969 bool isFirstDrag)
3970 {
3971 bool performDefault = true ;
3972
3973 if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
3974 return performDefault; // we're outside any valid cell
3975
3976 // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
3977 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
3978 {
3979 HideCellEditControl();
3980 SaveEditControlValue();
3981 }
3982
3983 switch ( event.GetModifiers() )
3984 {
3985 case wxMOD_CONTROL:
3986 if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3987 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3988 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords);
3989 break;
3990
3991 case wxMOD_NONE:
3992 if ( CanDragCell() )
3993 {
3994 if ( isFirstDrag )
3995 {
3996 if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3997 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3998
3999 // if event is handled by user code, no further processing
4000 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event) != 0 )
4001 performDefault = false;
4002
4003 return performDefault;
4004 }
4005 }
4006
4007 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
4008 break;
4009
4010 default:
4011 // we don't handle the other key modifiers
4012 event.Skip();
4013 }
4014
4015 return performDefault;
4016 }
4017
4018 void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper)
4019 {
4020 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4021 PrepareDC(dc);
4022 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4023
4024 const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)),
4025 m_gridWin->GetClientSize());
4026
4027 // erase the previously drawn line, if any
4028 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
4029 oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4030
4031 // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here
4032 m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()));
4033
4034 // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size
4035 const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) +
4036 oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4037 if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin )
4038 m_dragLastPos = posMin;
4039
4040 // and draw it at the new position
4041 oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4042 }
4043
4044 void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4045 {
4046 if ( !m_isDragging )
4047 {
4048 // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far
4049 // enough
4050 const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition();
4051 if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition )
4052 {
4053 m_startDragPos = pt;
4054 return;
4055 }
4056
4057 if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY &&
4058 abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY )
4059 return;
4060 }
4061
4062 const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
4063 m_isDragging = true;
4064
4065 switch ( m_cursorMode )
4066 {
4067 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
4068 // no further handling if handled by user
4069 if ( DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag) == false )
4070 return;
4071 break;
4072
4073 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
4074 DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations());
4075 break;
4076
4077 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
4078 DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations());
4079 break;
4080
4081 default:
4082 event.Skip();
4083 }
4084
4085 if ( isFirstDrag )
4086 {
4087 wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winCapture, "shouldn't capture the mouse twice" );
4088
4089 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
4090 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
4091 }
4092 }
4093
4094 void
4095 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event,
4096 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4097 const wxPoint& pos)
4098 {
4099 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) )
4100 {
4101 // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here
4102 return;
4103 }
4104
4105 if ( !event.CmdDown() )
4106 ClearSelection();
4107
4108 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
4109 {
4110 if ( m_selection )
4111 {
4112 m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event);
4113 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4114 }
4115 }
4116 else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4117 {
4118 DisableCellEditControl();
4119 MakeCellVisible( coords );
4120
4121 if ( event.CmdDown() )
4122 {
4123 if ( m_selection )
4124 {
4125 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event);
4126 }
4127
4128 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4129 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4130 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4131 }
4132 else
4133 {
4134 if ( m_selection )
4135 {
4136 // In row or column selection mode just clicking on the cell
4137 // should select the row or column containing it: this is more
4138 // convenient for the kinds of controls that use such selection
4139 // mode and is compatible with 2.8 behaviour (see #12062).
4140 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
4141 {
4142 case wxGridSelectCells:
4143 case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
4144 // nothing to do in these cases
4145 break;
4146
4147 case wxGridSelectRows:
4148 m_selection->SelectRow(coords.GetRow());
4149 break;
4150
4151 case wxGridSelectColumns:
4152 m_selection->SelectCol(coords.GetCol());
4153 break;
4154 }
4155 }
4156
4157 m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords &&
4158 coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
4159 SetCurrentCell( coords );
4160 }
4161 }
4162 }
4163
4164 void
4165 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event,
4166 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4167 const wxPoint& pos)
4168 {
4169 if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4170 {
4171 if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) )
4172 {
4173 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
4174 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
4175 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
4176 }
4177 }
4178 }
4179
4180 void
4181 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4182 {
4183 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4184 {
4185 if (m_winCapture)
4186 {
4187 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
4188 m_winCapture = NULL;
4189 }
4190
4191 if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
4192 {
4193 ClearSelection();
4194 EnableCellEditControl();
4195
4196 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
4197 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
4198 editor->StartingClick();
4199 editor->DecRef();
4200 attr->DecRef();
4201
4202 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4203 }
4204 else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
4205 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4206 {
4207 if ( m_selection )
4208 {
4209 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4210 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4211 event );
4212 }
4213
4214 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4215 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4216
4217 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
4218 // drag-shrinking.
4219 ShowCellEditControl();
4220 }
4221 }
4222 else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
4223 {
4224 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4225 DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
4226 }
4227 else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
4228 {
4229 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4230 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
4231 }
4232
4233 m_dragLastPos = -1;
4234 }
4235
4236 void
4237 wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event),
4238 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4239 const wxPoint& pos)
4240 {
4241 if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
4242 {
4243 // out of grid cell area
4244 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4245 return;
4246 }
4247
4248 int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y );
4249 int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x );
4250
4251 // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
4252 // directions is not implemented yet...
4253 //
4254 if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
4255 {
4256 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4257 return;
4258 }
4259
4260 if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) )
4261 {
4262 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4263 {
4264 m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
4265 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
4266 }
4267 }
4268 // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by
4269 // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the
4270 // column resizing mode programmatically
4271 else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader &&
4272 CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) )
4273 {
4274 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4275 {
4276 m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
4277 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
4278 }
4279 }
4280 else // Neither on a row or col edge
4281 {
4282 if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4283 {
4284 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4285 }
4286 }
4287 }
4288
4289 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
4290 {
4291 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
4292 {
4293 // we don't care about these events but we must not reset m_isDragging
4294 // if they happen so return before anything else is done
4295 event.Skip();
4296 return;
4297 }
4298
4299 const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
4300
4301 // coordinates of the cell under mouse
4302 wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos);
4303
4304 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
4305 GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
4306 if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) )
4307 {
4308 coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
4309 coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
4310 }
4311
4312 if ( event.Dragging() )
4313 {
4314 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4315 DoGridDragEvent(event, coords);
4316 else
4317 event.Skip();
4318 return;
4319 }
4320
4321 m_isDragging = false;
4322 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4323
4324 // deal with various button presses
4325 if ( event.IsButton() )
4326 {
4327 if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4328 {
4329 DisableCellEditControl();
4330
4331 if ( event.LeftDown() )
4332 DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos);
4333 else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
4334 DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos);
4335 else if ( event.RightDown() )
4336 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event);
4337 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
4338 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event);
4339 }
4340
4341 // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell
4342 if ( event.LeftUp() )
4343 {
4344 DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords);
4345 }
4346 }
4347 else if ( event.Moving() )
4348 {
4349 DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos);
4350 }
4351 else // unknown mouse event?
4352 {
4353 event.Skip();
4354 }
4355 }
4356
4357 // this function returns true only if the size really changed
4358 bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper)
4359 {
4360 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 )
4361 return false;
4362
4363 const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual();
4364
4365 const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize();
4366
4367 const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4368
4369 // erase the last line we drew
4370 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4371 PrepareDC(dc);
4372 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4373
4374 const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin);
4375 const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size);
4376
4377 oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos);
4378
4379 // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing
4380 HideCellEditControl();
4381 SaveEditControlValue();
4382
4383 // do resize the line
4384 const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4385 const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4386 oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol,
4387 wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart,
4388 oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol)));
4389 const bool
4390 sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld;
4391
4392 m_dragLastPos = -1;
4393
4394 // refresh now if we're not frozen
4395 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4396 {
4397 // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header
4398 // window
4399
4400 // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction
4401 wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0)));
4402 rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition()));
4403
4404 // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here,
4405 // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction
4406 oper.Select(rect) = 0;
4407
4408 wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(),
4409 oper.MakeSize
4410 (
4411 oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this),
4412 doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect)
4413 ));
4414
4415 oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader);
4416
4417
4418 // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle
4419 if ( m_table )
4420 {
4421 oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size);
4422
4423 int subtractLines = 0;
4424 int line = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart);
4425 if ( line >= 0 )
4426 {
4427 // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of
4428 // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a
4429 // part of it is affected
4430 const int lineEnd = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true);
4431 for ( ; line < lineEnd; line++ )
4432 {
4433 int cellLines = oper.Select(
4434 GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line)));
4435 if ( cellLines < subtractLines )
4436 subtractLines = cellLines;
4437 }
4438 }
4439
4440 int startPos =
4441 oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines);
4442 startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos);
4443
4444 doper.Select(rect) = startPos;
4445 doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos;
4446
4447 m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect);
4448 }
4449 }
4450
4451 // show the edit control back again
4452 ShowCellEditControl();
4453
4454 return sizeChanged;
4455 }
4456
4457 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4458 {
4459 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4460
4461 if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) )
4462 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event);
4463 }
4464
4465 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4466 {
4467 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4468
4469 if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) )
4470 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event);
4471 }
4472
4473 void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col)
4474 {
4475 m_dragRowOrCol = col;
4476 }
4477
4478 void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos)
4479 {
4480 wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" );
4481
4482 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 )
4483 SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos);
4484 //else: vetoed by user
4485
4486 m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4487 }
4488
4489 void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange()
4490 {
4491 // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed,
4492 // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the
4493 // same and it's easy to do
4494 if ( !m_colWidths.empty() )
4495 {
4496 int colRight = 0;
4497 for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4498 {
4499 int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
4500
4501 colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
4502 m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
4503 }
4504 }
4505
4506 // and make the changes visible
4507 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4508 {
4509 if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4510 GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder();
4511 else
4512 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt);
4513 }
4514 else
4515 {
4516 m_colWindow->Refresh();
4517 }
4518 m_gridWin->Refresh();
4519 }
4520
4521 void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order)
4522 {
4523 m_colAt = order;
4524
4525 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4526 }
4527
4528 void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos)
4529 {
4530 // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed
4531 if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4532 {
4533 m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols);
4534 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4535 m_colAt.push_back(i);
4536 }
4537
4538 wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos);
4539
4540 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4541 }
4542
4543 void wxGrid::ResetColPos()
4544 {
4545 m_colAt.clear();
4546
4547 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4548 }
4549
4550 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
4551 {
4552 if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
4553 return;
4554
4555 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4556 {
4557 // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable
4558 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
4559 }
4560
4561 m_canDragColMove = enable;
4562
4563 // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem
4564 // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current
4565 // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired
4566 // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed
4567 }
4568
4569
4570 //
4571 // ------ interaction with data model
4572 //
4573 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4574 {
4575 switch ( msg.GetId() )
4576 {
4577 case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
4578 return GetModelValues();
4579
4580 case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
4581 return SetModelValues();
4582
4583 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4584 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4585 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4586 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4587 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4588 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4589 return Redimension( msg );
4590
4591 default:
4592 return false;
4593 }
4594 }
4595
4596 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
4597 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
4598 // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
4599 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
4600 //
4601 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
4602 {
4603 if ( m_table )
4604 {
4605 if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
4606 DisableCellEditControl();
4607
4608 m_table->Clear();
4609 if (!GetBatchCount())
4610 m_gridWin->Refresh();
4611 }
4612 }
4613
4614 bool
4615 wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t),
4616 int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
4617 {
4618 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4619
4620 if ( !m_table )
4621 return false;
4622
4623 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
4624 DisableCellEditControl();
4625
4626 return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num);
4627
4628 // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
4629 // operation to this view object as a grid table message
4630 }
4631
4632 bool
4633 wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t),
4634 int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels))
4635 {
4636 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4637
4638 if ( !m_table )
4639 return false;
4640
4641 return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num);
4642 }
4643
4644 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4645 // event generation helpers
4646 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4647
4648 bool
4649 wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type,
4650 int row, int col,
4651 const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4652 {
4653 int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row;
4654
4655 wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4656 type,
4657 this,
4658 rowOrCol,
4659 mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4660 mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4661 mouseEv);
4662
4663 return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4664 }
4665
4666 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return:
4667 // -1 if the event was vetoed
4668 // +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed)
4669 // 0 if the event wasn't handled
4670 int
4671 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type,
4672 int row, int col,
4673 const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4674 {
4675 bool claimed, vetoed;
4676
4677 if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
4678 {
4679 // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
4680 wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4681 type,
4682 this,
4683 m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4684 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4685 true,
4686 mouseEv);
4687
4688 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4689 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4690 }
4691 else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
4692 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
4693 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
4694 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4695 {
4696 wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
4697
4698 if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
4699 pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
4700 if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
4701 pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
4702
4703 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4704 type,
4705 this,
4706 row, col,
4707 pos.x,
4708 pos.y,
4709 false,
4710 mouseEv);
4711 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4712 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4713 }
4714 else
4715 {
4716 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4717 type,
4718 this,
4719 row, col,
4720 mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4721 mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4722 false,
4723 mouseEv);
4724
4725 if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG )
4726 {
4727 // by default the dragging is not supported, the user code must
4728 // explicitly allow the event for it to take place
4729 gridEvt.Veto();
4730 }
4731
4732 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4733 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4734 }
4735
4736 // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4737 if (vetoed)
4738 return -1;
4739
4740 return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4741 }
4742
4743 // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above
4744 //
4745 int
4746 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s)
4747 {
4748 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
4749 gridEvt.SetString(s);
4750
4751 const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4752
4753 // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4754 if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() )
4755 return -1;
4756
4757 return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4758 }
4759
4760 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4761 {
4762 // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
4763 wxPaintDC dc(this);
4764 }
4765
4766 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
4767 {
4768 // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
4769 // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
4770 if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
4771 {
4772 // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
4773 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
4774
4775 if (rect)
4776 {
4777 int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
4778 int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
4779 int x, y;
4780
4781 // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
4782 rect_x = rect->GetX();
4783 rect_y = rect->GetY();
4784 rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
4785 rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
4786
4787 width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
4788 if (width_label > rectWidth)
4789 width_label = rectWidth;
4790
4791 height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
4792 if (height_label > rectHeight)
4793 height_label = rectHeight;
4794
4795 if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
4796 {
4797 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
4798 width_cell = rectWidth;
4799 }
4800 else
4801 {
4802 x = 0;
4803 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
4804 }
4805
4806 if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
4807 {
4808 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
4809 height_cell = rectHeight;
4810 }
4811 else
4812 {
4813 y = 0;
4814 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
4815 }
4816
4817 // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
4818 if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4819 {
4820 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
4821 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4822 }
4823
4824 // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
4825 if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4826 {
4827 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
4828 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4829 }
4830
4831 // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
4832 if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4833 {
4834 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
4835 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4836 }
4837
4838 // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
4839 if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4840 {
4841 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
4842 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4843 }
4844 }
4845 else
4846 {
4847 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4848 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4849 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4850 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4851 }
4852 }
4853 }
4854
4855 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
4856 {
4857 if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
4858 {
4859 // reposition our children windows
4860 CalcWindowSizes();
4861 }
4862 }
4863
4864 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4865 {
4866 if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
4867 {
4868 // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
4869 //
4870 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
4871 }
4872
4873 m_inOnKeyDown = true;
4874
4875 // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
4876 wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
4877 wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
4878 keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
4879
4880 if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
4881 {
4882 if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
4883 {
4884 if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
4885 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
4886 else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
4887 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
4888 }
4889
4890 // try local handlers
4891 switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
4892 {
4893 case WXK_UP:
4894 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4895 MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4896 else
4897 MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
4898 break;
4899
4900 case WXK_DOWN:
4901 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4902 MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4903 else
4904 MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4905 break;
4906
4907 case WXK_LEFT:
4908 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4909 MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4910 else
4911 MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
4912 break;
4913
4914 case WXK_RIGHT:
4915 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4916 MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4917 else
4918 MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
4919 break;
4920
4921 case WXK_RETURN:
4922 case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
4923 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4924 {
4925 event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return
4926 }
4927 else
4928 {
4929 if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
4930 {
4931 MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4932 }
4933 else
4934 {
4935 // at the bottom of a column
4936 DisableCellEditControl();
4937 }
4938 }
4939 break;
4940
4941 case WXK_ESCAPE:
4942 ClearSelection();
4943 break;
4944
4945 case WXK_TAB:
4946 {
4947 // send an event to the grid's parents for custom handling
4948 wxGridEvent gridEvt(GetId(), wxEVT_GRID_TABBING, this,
4949 GetGridCursorRow(), GetGridCursorCol(),
4950 -1, -1, false, event);
4951 if ( ProcessWindowEvent(gridEvt) )
4952 {
4953 // the event has been handled so no need for more processing
4954 break;
4955 }
4956 }
4957 DoGridProcessTab( event );
4958 break;
4959
4960 case WXK_HOME:
4961 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? 0
4962 : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4963 0);
4964 break;
4965
4966 case WXK_END:
4967 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? m_numRows - 1
4968 : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4969 m_numCols - 1);
4970 break;
4971
4972 case WXK_PAGEUP:
4973 MovePageUp();
4974 break;
4975
4976 case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
4977 MovePageDown();
4978 break;
4979
4980 case WXK_SPACE:
4981 // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the
4982 // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything
4983 switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE )
4984 {
4985 case wxMOD_CONTROL:
4986 m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
4987 break;
4988
4989 case wxMOD_SHIFT:
4990 m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow());
4991 break;
4992
4993 case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT:
4994 m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0,
4995 m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
4996 break;
4997
4998 case wxMOD_NONE:
4999 if ( !IsEditable() )
5000 {
5001 MoveCursorRight(false);
5002 break;
5003 }
5004 //else: fall through
5005
5006 default:
5007 event.Skip();
5008 }
5009 break;
5010
5011 default:
5012 event.Skip();
5013 break;
5014 }
5015 }
5016
5017 m_inOnKeyDown = false;
5018 }
5019
5020 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
5021 {
5022 // try local handlers
5023 //
5024 if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
5025 {
5026 if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5027 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5028 {
5029 if ( m_selection )
5030 {
5031 m_selection->SelectBlock(
5032 m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
5033 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
5034 event);
5035 }
5036 }
5037
5038 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5039 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5040 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5041 }
5042 }
5043
5044 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
5045 {
5046 // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
5047 if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
5048 {
5049 // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
5050 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5051 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5052 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5053 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5054
5055 // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
5056 // other keys - ask the editor itself
5057 if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
5058 || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
5059 {
5060 // ensure cell is visble
5061 MakeCellVisible(row, col);
5062 EnableCellEditControl();
5063
5064 // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
5065 // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
5066 // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
5067 // crash the app
5068 if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
5069 editor->StartingKey(event);
5070 }
5071 else
5072 {
5073 event.Skip();
5074 }
5075
5076 editor->DecRef();
5077 attr->DecRef();
5078 }
5079 else
5080 {
5081 event.Skip();
5082 }
5083 }
5084
5085 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
5086 {
5087 }
5088
5089 void wxGrid::DoGridProcessTab(wxKeyboardState& kbdState)
5090 {
5091 const bool isForwardTab = !kbdState.ShiftDown();
5092
5093 // TAB processing only changes when we are at the borders of the grid, so
5094 // let's first handle the common behaviour when we are not at the border.
5095 if ( isForwardTab )
5096 {
5097 if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
5098 {
5099 MoveCursorRight( false );
5100 return;
5101 }
5102 }
5103 else // going back
5104 {
5105 if ( GetGridCursorCol() )
5106 {
5107 MoveCursorLeft( false );
5108 return;
5109 }
5110 }
5111
5112
5113 // We only get here if the cursor is at the border of the grid, apply the
5114 // configured behaviour.
5115 switch ( m_tabBehaviour )
5116 {
5117 case Tab_Stop:
5118 // Nothing special to do, we remain at the current cell.
5119 break;
5120
5121 case Tab_Wrap:
5122 // Go to the beginning of the next or the end of the previous row.
5123 if ( isForwardTab )
5124 {
5125 if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows() - 1 )
5126 {
5127 GoToCell( GetGridCursorRow() + 1, 0 );
5128 return;
5129 }
5130 }
5131 else
5132 {
5133 if ( GetGridCursorRow() > 0 )
5134 {
5135 GoToCell( GetGridCursorRow() - 1, GetNumberCols() - 1 );
5136 return;
5137 }
5138 }
5139 break;
5140
5141 case Tab_Leave:
5142 if ( Navigate( isForwardTab ? wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward
5143 : wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsBackward ) )
5144 return;
5145 break;
5146 }
5147
5148 // If we remain in this cell, stop editing it if we were doing so.
5149 DisableCellEditControl();
5150 }
5151
5152 bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5153 {
5154 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 )
5155 {
5156 // the event has been vetoed - do nothing
5157 return false;
5158 }
5159
5160 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5161 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5162 PrepareDC( dc );
5163 #endif
5164
5165 if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5166 {
5167 DisableCellEditControl();
5168
5169 if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
5170 {
5171 wxRect r;
5172 r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
5173 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5174 {
5175 r.x--;
5176 r.y--;
5177 r.width++;
5178 r.height++;
5179 }
5180
5181 wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
5182
5183 // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
5184 m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5185
5186 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
5187 m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
5188 #else
5189 DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
5190 DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
5191 #endif
5192 }
5193 }
5194
5195 m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5196
5197 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
5198 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5199 DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
5200 #endif
5201 attr->DecRef();
5202
5203 return true;
5204 }
5205
5206 void
5207 wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol,
5208 int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5209 {
5210 MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner);
5211 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5212
5213 if ( m_selection )
5214 {
5215 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
5216 {
5217 default:
5218 wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" );
5219 // fall through
5220
5221 case wxGridSelectCells:
5222 // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell
5223 // coordinates as is
5224 break;
5225
5226 case wxGridSelectRows:
5227 // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select
5228 // full rows
5229 leftCol = 0;
5230 rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
5231 break;
5232
5233 case wxGridSelectColumns:
5234 // same as above but for columns
5235 topRow = 0;
5236 bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
5237 break;
5238
5239 case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
5240 // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so
5241 // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't
5242 // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we
5243 // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is
5244 // not useful)
5245 return;
5246 }
5247 }
5248
5249 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow);
5250 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol);
5251
5252 wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol),
5253 updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5254
5255 // First the case that we selected a completely new area
5256 if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
5257 m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5258 {
5259 wxRect rect;
5260 rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
5261 wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
5262 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5263 }
5264
5265 // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
5266 else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
5267 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
5268 {
5269 // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
5270 // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
5271 // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
5272 wxRect rect[4];
5273 bool need_refresh[4];
5274 need_refresh[0] =
5275 need_refresh[1] =
5276 need_refresh[2] =
5277 need_refresh[3] = false;
5278 int i;
5279
5280 // Store intermediate values
5281 wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol();
5282 wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow();
5283 wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol();
5284 wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow();
5285
5286 // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
5287 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol);
5288 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow);
5289 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight);
5290 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom);
5291
5292 // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
5293 // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
5294 // is contained in the other.
5295
5296 if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
5297 {
5298 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5299 // area to the left of the old or new selection.
5300 need_refresh[0] = true;
5301 rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5302 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ),
5303 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
5304 }
5305
5306 if ( oldTop < topRow )
5307 {
5308 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5309 // area above the old or new selection.
5310 need_refresh[1] = true;
5311 rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5312 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
5313 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
5314 }
5315
5316 if ( oldRight > rightCol )
5317 {
5318 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5319 // area to the right of the old or new selection.
5320 need_refresh[2] = true;
5321 rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5322 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
5323 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
5324 }
5325
5326 if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
5327 {
5328 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5329 // area below the old or new selection.
5330 need_refresh[3] = true;
5331 rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5332 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
5333 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
5334 }
5335
5336 // various Refresh() calls
5337 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
5338 if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
5339 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
5340 }
5341
5342 // change selection
5343 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
5344 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
5345 }
5346
5347 //
5348 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
5349 //
5350
5351 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
5352 {
5353 // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5354 HideCellEditControl();
5355
5356 if ( m_table )
5357 {
5358 // all we need to do is repaint the grid
5359 //
5360 m_gridWin->Refresh();
5361 return true;
5362 }
5363
5364 return false;
5365 }
5366
5367 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
5368 {
5369 int row, col;
5370
5371 // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5372 // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
5373 // I think so ...
5374 DisableCellEditControl();
5375
5376 if ( m_table )
5377 {
5378 for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
5379 {
5380 for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
5381 {
5382 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
5383 }
5384 }
5385
5386 return true;
5387 }
5388
5389 return false;
5390 }
5391
5392 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
5393 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
5394 // CalcExposedCells)
5395 //
5396 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
5397 {
5398 if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
5399 return;
5400
5401 int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
5402 int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
5403 wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
5404
5405 for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5406 {
5407 row = cells[i].GetRow();
5408 col = cells[i].GetCol();
5409 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5410
5411 // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
5412 if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
5413 {
5414 wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5415 bool marked = false;
5416 for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
5417 {
5418 if ( cell == cells[j] )
5419 {
5420 marked = true;
5421 break;
5422 }
5423 }
5424
5425 if (!marked)
5426 {
5427 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5428 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
5429 {
5430 if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
5431 {
5432 marked = true;
5433 break;
5434 }
5435 }
5436
5437 if (!marked)
5438 redrawCells.Add( cell );
5439 }
5440
5441 // don't bother drawing this cell
5442 continue;
5443 }
5444
5445 // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
5446 if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
5447 {
5448 for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
5449 {
5450 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
5451 int left = col;
5452 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
5453 if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
5454 (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
5455 {
5456 left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
5457 }
5458
5459 if (left == col)
5460 left = 0; // oh well
5461
5462 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
5463 {
5464 if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
5465 {
5466 if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
5467 {
5468 wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
5469 bool marked = false;
5470
5471 for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
5472 {
5473 if ( cell == cells[k] )
5474 {
5475 marked = true;
5476 break;
5477 }
5478 }
5479
5480 if (!marked)
5481 {
5482 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5483 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
5484 {
5485 if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
5486 {
5487 marked = true;
5488 break;
5489 }
5490 }
5491 if (!marked)
5492 redrawCells.Add( cell );
5493 }
5494 }
5495 break;
5496 }
5497 }
5498 }
5499 }
5500
5501 DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
5502 }
5503
5504 numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
5505
5506 for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5507 {
5508 DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
5509 }
5510 }
5511
5512 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
5513 {
5514 int cw, ch;
5515 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5516
5517 int right, bottom;
5518 CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5519
5520 int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
5521 int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
5522
5523 if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
5524 {
5525 int left, top;
5526 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5527
5528 dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour());
5529 dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
5530
5531 if ( right > rightCol )
5532 {
5533 dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
5534 }
5535
5536 if ( bottom > bottomRow )
5537 {
5538 dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
5539 }
5540 }
5541 }
5542
5543 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5544 {
5545 int row = coords.GetRow();
5546 int col = coords.GetCol();
5547
5548 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5549 return;
5550
5551 // we draw the cell border ourselves
5552 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5553
5554 bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
5555
5556 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5557
5558 // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
5559 // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
5560 if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
5561 {
5562 // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
5563 // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
5564 // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
5565 // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
5566 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5567 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5568 editor->PaintBackground(dc, rect, *attr);
5569 editor->DecRef();
5570 #endif
5571 }
5572 else
5573 {
5574 // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
5575 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
5576 renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
5577 renderer->DecRef();
5578 }
5579
5580 attr->DecRef();
5581 }
5582
5583 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
5584 {
5585 // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
5586 if ( !HasFocus() )
5587 return;
5588
5589 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5590 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5591
5592 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5593 return;
5594
5595 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
5596
5597 // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
5598 // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
5599 // it doesn't look really good
5600
5601 int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
5602
5603 if (penWidth > 0)
5604 {
5605 // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
5606 // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
5607 // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
5608 // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
5609 // please #ifdef this appropriately.
5610 rect.x += penWidth / 2;
5611 rect.y += penWidth / 2;
5612 rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
5613 rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
5614
5615 // Now draw the rectangle
5616 // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
5617 // will ensure the cell is always visible.
5618 dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground
5619 : m_cellHighlightColour,
5620 penWidth));
5621 dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
5622 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
5623 }
5624 }
5625
5626 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
5627 {
5628 return wxPen(GetGridLineColour());
5629 }
5630
5631 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
5632 {
5633 return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5634 }
5635
5636 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
5637 {
5638 return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5639 }
5640
5641 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5642 {
5643 int row = coords.GetRow();
5644 int col = coords.GetCol();
5645 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5646 return;
5647
5648
5649 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5650
5651 // right hand border
5652 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
5653 dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
5654 rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
5655
5656 // bottom border
5657 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
5658 dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
5659 rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
5660 }
5661
5662 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
5663 {
5664 // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
5665 // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
5666 //
5667 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5668 m_numRows && m_numCols )
5669 {
5670 m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
5671 }
5672
5673 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5674 {
5675 // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
5676 return;
5677 }
5678
5679 // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
5680 // might have been damaged by the grid lines
5681 size_t count = cells.GetCount();
5682 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
5683 {
5684 wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
5685
5686 // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
5687 // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
5688 // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
5689 // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
5690 // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
5691 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
5692 {
5693 int rows = 0,
5694 cols = 0;
5695 GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
5696
5697 if ( rows < 0 )
5698 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
5699
5700 if ( cols < 0 )
5701 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
5702 }
5703
5704 if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
5705 {
5706 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
5707 DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
5708 attr->DecRef();
5709
5710 break;
5711 }
5712 }
5713 }
5714
5715 // Used by wxGrid::Render() to draw the grid lines only for the cells in the
5716 // specified range.
5717 void
5718 wxGrid::DrawRangeGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5719 const wxRegion& reg,
5720 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
5721 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight)
5722 {
5723 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5724 return;
5725
5726 int top, left, width, height;
5727 reg.GetBox( left, top, width, height );
5728
5729 // create a clipping region
5730 wxRegion clippedcells( dc.LogicalToDeviceX( left ),
5731 dc.LogicalToDeviceY( top ),
5732 dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( width ),
5733 dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( height ) );
5734
5735 // subtract multi cell span area from clipping region for lines
5736 wxRect rect;
5737 for ( int row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
5738 {
5739 for ( int col = topLeft.GetCol(); col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
5740 {
5741 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5742 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5743 if ( cell_rows > 1 || cell_cols > 1 ) // multi cell
5744 {
5745 rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5746 // cater for scaling
5747 // device origin already set in ::Render() for x, y
5748 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5749 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5750 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5751 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5752 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5753 }
5754 else if ( cell_rows < 0 || cell_cols < 0 ) // part of multicell
5755 {
5756 rect = CellToRect( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5757 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5758 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5759 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5760 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5761 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5762 }
5763 }
5764 }
5765
5766 dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5767
5768 DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5769 top, left, top + height, left + width,
5770 topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
5771 bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol());
5772
5773 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5774 }
5775
5776 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
5777 // has been changed
5778 //
5779 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
5780 {
5781 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5782 return;
5783
5784 int top, bottom, left, right;
5785
5786 int cw, ch;
5787 m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
5788 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5789 CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5790
5791 // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
5792 if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz )
5793 {
5794 if ( !m_numCols )
5795 return;
5796
5797 const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1));
5798 if ( right > lastColRight )
5799 right = lastColRight;
5800 }
5801
5802 if ( m_gridLinesClipVert )
5803 {
5804 if ( !m_numRows )
5805 return;
5806
5807 const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1);
5808 if ( bottom > lastRowBottom )
5809 bottom = lastRowBottom;
5810 }
5811
5812 // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
5813 int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
5814 int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
5815 int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
5816 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
5817
5818 wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
5819
5820 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5821 wxRect rect;
5822
5823 for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
5824 {
5825 for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ )
5826 {
5827 int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5828
5829 GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5830 if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
5831 {
5832 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
5833 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5834 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5835 }
5836 else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5837 {
5838 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
5839 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5840 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5841 }
5842 }
5843 }
5844
5845 dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5846
5847 DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5848 top, left, bottom, right,
5849 topRow, leftCol, m_numRows, m_numCols);
5850
5851 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5852 }
5853
5854 void
5855 wxGrid::DoDrawGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5856 int top, int left,
5857 int bottom, int right,
5858 int topRow, int leftCol,
5859 int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5860 {
5861 // horizontal grid lines
5862 for ( int i = topRow; i < bottomRow; i++ )
5863 {
5864 int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
5865
5866 if ( bot > bottom )
5867 break;
5868
5869 if ( bot >= top )
5870 {
5871 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
5872 dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
5873 }
5874 }
5875
5876 // vertical grid lines
5877 for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < rightCol; colPos++ )
5878 {
5879 int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5880
5881 int colRight = GetColRight(i);
5882 #ifdef __WXGTK__
5883 if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
5884 #endif
5885 colRight--;
5886
5887 if ( colRight > right )
5888 break;
5889
5890 if ( colRight >= left )
5891 {
5892 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
5893 dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
5894 }
5895 }
5896 }
5897
5898 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
5899 {
5900 if ( !m_numRows )
5901 return;
5902
5903 const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
5904 for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5905 {
5906 DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
5907 }
5908 }
5909
5910 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
5911 {
5912 if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
5913 return;
5914
5915 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5916 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5917
5918 // notice that an explicit static_cast is needed to avoid a compilation
5919 // error with VC7.1 which, for some reason, tries to instantiate (abstract)
5920 // wxGridRowHeaderRenderer class without it
5921 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
5922 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetRowHeaderRenderer(row)
5923 : static_cast<const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&>
5924 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer);
5925
5926 wxRect rect(0, GetRowTop(row), m_rowLabelWidth, GetRowHeight(row));
5927 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5928
5929 int hAlign, vAlign;
5930 GetRowLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
5931
5932 rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetRowLabelValue(row),
5933 rect, hAlign, vAlign, wxHORIZONTAL);
5934 }
5935
5936 void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native)
5937 {
5938 if ( native == m_useNativeHeader )
5939 return;
5940
5941 delete m_colWindow;
5942 m_useNativeHeader = native;
5943
5944 CreateColumnWindow();
5945
5946 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5947 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5948 CalcWindowSizes();
5949 }
5950
5951 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
5952 {
5953 wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader,
5954 "doesn't make sense when using native header" );
5955
5956 m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
5957 if (native)
5958 {
5959 int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
5960 SetColLabelSize( height );
5961 }
5962
5963 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh();
5964 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
5965 }
5966
5967 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
5968 {
5969 if ( !m_numCols )
5970 return;
5971
5972 const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
5973 for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5974 {
5975 DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
5976 }
5977 }
5978
5979 void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc)
5980 {
5981 wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight));
5982
5983 if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5984 {
5985 rect.Deflate(1);
5986
5987 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0);
5988 }
5989 else
5990 {
5991 rect.width++;
5992 rect.height++;
5993
5994 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5995 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5996 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&
5997 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetCornerRenderer()
5998 : static_cast<wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&>
5999 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer);
6000
6001 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
6002 }
6003 }
6004
6005 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col)
6006 {
6007 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
6008 return;
6009
6010 int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
6011
6012 wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight);
6013 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
6014 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
6015 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
6016 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetColumnHeaderRenderer(col)
6017 : static_cast<wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&>
6018 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer);
6019
6020 if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
6021 {
6022 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton
6023 (
6024 GetColLabelWindow(),
6025 dc,
6026 rect,
6027 0,
6028 IsSortingBy(col)
6029 ? IsSortOrderAscending()
6030 ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP
6031 : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN
6032 : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE
6033 );
6034 rect.Deflate(2);
6035 }
6036 else
6037 {
6038 // It is reported that we need to erase the background to avoid display
6039 // artefacts, see #12055.
6040 wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, m_colWindow->GetBackgroundColour());
6041 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6042
6043 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
6044 }
6045
6046 int hAlign, vAlign;
6047 GetColLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
6048 const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
6049
6050 rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient);
6051 }
6052
6053 // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which
6054 // we just have to add textOrientation support
6055 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
6056 const wxString& value,
6057 const wxRect& rect,
6058 int horizAlign,
6059 int vertAlign,
6060 int textOrientation ) const
6061 {
6062 wxArrayString lines;
6063
6064 StringToLines( value, lines );
6065
6066 DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
6067 }
6068
6069 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
6070 const wxArrayString& lines,
6071 const wxRect& rect,
6072 int horizAlign,
6073 int vertAlign,
6074 int textOrientation) const
6075 {
6076 if ( lines.empty() )
6077 return;
6078
6079 wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
6080
6081 long textWidth,
6082 textHeight;
6083
6084 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6085 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
6086 else
6087 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
6088
6089 int x = 0,
6090 y = 0;
6091 switch ( vertAlign )
6092 {
6093 case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
6094 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6095 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
6096 else
6097 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
6098 break;
6099
6100 case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6101 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6102 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
6103 else
6104 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
6105 break;
6106
6107 case wxALIGN_TOP:
6108 default:
6109 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6110 y = rect.y + 1;
6111 else
6112 x = rect.x + 1;
6113 break;
6114 }
6115
6116 // Align each line of a multi-line label
6117 size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
6118 for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
6119 {
6120 const wxString& line = lines[l];
6121
6122 if ( line.empty() )
6123 {
6124 *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
6125 continue;
6126 }
6127
6128 wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
6129 lineHeight = 0;
6130 dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
6131
6132 switch ( horizAlign )
6133 {
6134 case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
6135 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6136 x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
6137 else
6138 y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
6139 break;
6140
6141 case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6142 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6143 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
6144 else
6145 y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
6146 break;
6147
6148 case wxALIGN_LEFT:
6149 default:
6150 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6151 x = rect.x + 1;
6152 else
6153 y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
6154 break;
6155 }
6156
6157 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6158 {
6159 dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
6160 y += lineHeight;
6161 }
6162 else
6163 {
6164 dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
6165 x += lineHeight;
6166 }
6167 }
6168 }
6169
6170 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
6171 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
6172 //
6173 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
6174 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
6175 {
6176 int startPos = 0;
6177 int pos;
6178 wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
6179 wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
6180
6181 while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6182 {
6183 pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
6184 if ( pos < 0 )
6185 {
6186 break;
6187 }
6188 else if ( pos == 0 )
6189 {
6190 lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
6191 }
6192 else
6193 {
6194 lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
6195 }
6196
6197 startPos += pos + 1;
6198 }
6199
6200 if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6201 {
6202 lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
6203 }
6204 }
6205
6206 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
6207 const wxArrayString& lines,
6208 long *width, long *height ) const
6209 {
6210 wxCoord w = 0;
6211 wxCoord h = 0;
6212 wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
6213
6214 size_t i;
6215 for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
6216 {
6217 dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
6218 w = wxMax( w, lineW );
6219 h += lineH;
6220 }
6221
6222 *width = w;
6223 *height = h;
6224 }
6225
6226 //
6227 // ------ Batch processing.
6228 //
6229 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
6230 {
6231 if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
6232 {
6233 m_batchCount--;
6234 if ( !m_batchCount )
6235 {
6236 CalcDimensions();
6237 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
6238 m_colWindow->Refresh();
6239 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
6240 m_gridWin->Refresh();
6241 }
6242 }
6243 }
6244
6245 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
6246 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
6247 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
6248 //
6249 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
6250 {
6251 BeginBatch();
6252 EndBatch();
6253 }
6254
6255 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
6256 {
6257 if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
6258 return false;
6259
6260 // redraw in the new state
6261 m_gridWin->Refresh();
6262
6263 return true;
6264 }
6265
6266 //
6267 // ------ Edit control functions
6268 //
6269
6270 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
6271 {
6272 if ( edit != m_editable )
6273 {
6274 if (!edit)
6275 EnableCellEditControl(edit);
6276 m_editable = edit;
6277 }
6278 }
6279
6280 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
6281 {
6282 if (! m_editable)
6283 return;
6284
6285 if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6286 {
6287 if ( enable )
6288 {
6289 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 )
6290 return;
6291
6292 // this should be checked by the caller!
6293 wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), wxT("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
6294
6295 // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
6296 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6297
6298 ShowCellEditControl();
6299 }
6300 else
6301 {
6302 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
6303
6304 HideCellEditControl();
6305 SaveEditControlValue();
6306
6307 // do it after HideCellEditControl()
6308 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6309 }
6310 }
6311 }
6312
6313 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
6314 {
6315 wxGridCellAttr*
6316 attr = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
6317 bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
6318 attr->DecRef();
6319
6320 return readonly;
6321 }
6322
6323 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
6324 {
6325 return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
6326 !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
6327 }
6328
6329 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
6330 {
6331 // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
6332 // current one if it's read only
6333 return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
6334 }
6335
6336 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
6337 {
6338 bool isShown = false;
6339
6340 if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6341 {
6342 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6343 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6344 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6345 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
6346 attr->DecRef();
6347
6348 if ( editor )
6349 {
6350 if ( editor->IsCreated() )
6351 {
6352 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
6353 }
6354
6355 editor->DecRef();
6356 }
6357 }
6358
6359 return isShown;
6360 }
6361
6362 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
6363 {
6364 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6365 {
6366 if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6367 {
6368 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
6369 return;
6370 }
6371 else
6372 {
6373 wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
6374 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6375 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6376
6377 // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
6378 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
6379 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6380 if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6381 {
6382 row += cell_rows;
6383 col += cell_cols;
6384 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
6385 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
6386 }
6387
6388 // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
6389 // might not cover the entire cell
6390 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6391 PrepareDC( dc );
6392 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6393 dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
6394 dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
6395 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6396
6397 // convert to scrolled coords
6398 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6399
6400 int nXMove = 0;
6401 if (rect.x < 0)
6402 nXMove = rect.x;
6403
6404 // cell is shifted by one pixel
6405 // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
6406 // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
6407 // "don't change."
6408 if (rect.x > 0)
6409 rect.x--;
6410 if (rect.y > 0)
6411 rect.y--;
6412
6413 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6414 if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
6415 {
6416 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
6417 new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
6418
6419 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
6420 wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
6421 this,
6422 row,
6423 col,
6424 editor->GetControl());
6425 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
6426 }
6427
6428 // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
6429 int maxWidth = rect.width;
6430 wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
6431 if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
6432 {
6433 int y;
6434 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
6435 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
6436 maxWidth = rect.width;
6437 }
6438
6439 int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
6440 if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
6441 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
6442
6443 if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
6444 {
6445 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6446 // may have changed earlier
6447 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
6448 {
6449 int c_rows, c_cols;
6450 GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
6451
6452 // looks weird going over a multicell
6453 if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
6454 (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
6455 {
6456 rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
6457 }
6458 else
6459 break;
6460 }
6461
6462 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
6463 rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
6464 }
6465
6466 editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
6467 editor->SetSize( rect );
6468 if (nXMove != 0)
6469 editor->GetControl()->Move(
6470 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
6471 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
6472 editor->Show( true, attr );
6473
6474 // recalc dimensions in case we need to
6475 // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
6476 CalcDimensions();
6477
6478 editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
6479 editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
6480
6481 editor->DecRef();
6482 attr->DecRef();
6483 }
6484 }
6485 }
6486
6487 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
6488 {
6489 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6490 {
6491 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6492 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6493
6494 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6495 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6496 const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
6497 editor->Show( false );
6498 editor->DecRef();
6499 attr->DecRef();
6500
6501 // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
6502 //
6503 // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
6504 // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
6505 // editor precisely because we lost focus
6506 if ( editorHadFocus )
6507 m_gridWin->SetFocus();
6508
6509 // refresh whole row to the right
6510 wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
6511 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6512 rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
6513
6514 #ifdef __WXMAC__
6515 // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
6516 rect.Inflate(10, 10);
6517 #endif
6518
6519 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6520 }
6521 }
6522
6523 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
6524 {
6525 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6526 {
6527 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6528 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6529
6530 wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
6531
6532 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6533 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6534
6535 wxString newval;
6536 bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval);
6537
6538 if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 )
6539 {
6540 editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this);
6541
6542 // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event
6543 // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING
6544 // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too
6545 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 )
6546 {
6547 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
6548 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
6549 }
6550 }
6551
6552 editor->DecRef();
6553 attr->DecRef();
6554 }
6555 }
6556
6557 void wxGrid::OnHideEditor(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6558 {
6559 DisableCellEditControl();
6560 }
6561
6562 //
6563 // ------ Grid location functions
6564 // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
6565 // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
6566 // coordinates for mouse events etc.
6567 //
6568
6569 wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const
6570 {
6571 int row = YToRow(y);
6572 int col = XToCol(x);
6573
6574 return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords
6575 : wxGridCellCoords(row, col);
6576 }
6577
6578 // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
6579 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of
6580 // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly in O(log n) time.
6581 // NOTE: This may not work correctly for reordered columns.
6582 int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord,
6583 bool clipToMinMax,
6584 const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6585 {
6586 const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
6587
6588 if ( coord < 0 )
6589 return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND;
6590
6591 const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this);
6592 wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" );
6593
6594 int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize,
6595 minPos = 0;
6596
6597 // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes
6598 // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in
6599 const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this);
6600 if ( lineEnds.empty() )
6601 {
6602 if ( maxPos < numLines )
6603 return maxPos;
6604
6605 return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1;
6606 }
6607
6608
6609 // binary search is quite efficient and we can't really make any assumptions
6610 // on where to start here since row and columns could be of size 0 if they are
6611 // hidden. While this could be made more efficient, some profiling will be
6612 // necessary to determine if it really is a performance bottleneck
6613 maxPos = numLines - 1;
6614
6615 // check if the position is beyond the last column
6616 const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos);
6617 if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] )
6618 return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1;
6619
6620 // or before the first one
6621 const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0);
6622 if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] )
6623 return 0;
6624
6625
6626 // finally do perform the binary search
6627 while ( minPos < maxPos )
6628 {
6629 wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord &&
6630 coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)],
6631 -1,
6632 "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" );
6633
6634 if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] )
6635 return maxPos;
6636 else
6637 maxPos--;
6638
6639 const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
6640 if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] )
6641 maxPos = median;
6642 else
6643 minPos = median;
6644 }
6645
6646 return maxPos;
6647 }
6648
6649 int
6650 wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord,
6651 bool clipToMinMax,
6652 const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6653 {
6654 int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper);
6655
6656 return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos);
6657 }
6658
6659 int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const
6660 {
6661 return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations());
6662 }
6663
6664 int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const
6665 {
6666 return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations());
6667 }
6668
6669 int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const
6670 {
6671 return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations());
6672 }
6673
6674 // return the row/col number such that the pos is near the edge of, or -1 if
6675 // not near an edge.
6676 //
6677 // notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is
6678 // large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge
6679 // (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will
6680 // _never_ be considered to be near the edge).
6681 int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6682 {
6683 // Get the bottom or rightmost line that could match.
6684 int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true);
6685
6686 if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6687 {
6688 // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough
6689 // to start or end border, respectively.
6690 if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6691 return line;
6692 else if ( line > 0 &&
6693 pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this,
6694 line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6695 {
6696 // We need to find the previous visible line, so skip all the
6697 // hidden (of size 0) ones.
6698 do
6699 {
6700 line = oper.GetLineBefore(this, line);
6701 }
6702 while ( line >= 0 && oper.GetLineSize(this, line) == 0 );
6703
6704 // It can possibly be -1 here.
6705 return line;
6706 }
6707 }
6708
6709 return -1;
6710 }
6711
6712 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const
6713 {
6714 return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations());
6715 }
6716
6717 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const
6718 {
6719 return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations());
6720 }
6721
6722 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
6723 {
6724 wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
6725
6726 if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6727 col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6728 {
6729 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6730 rect.width = rect.height = 0;
6731 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6732 // if negative then find multicell owner
6733 if (cell_rows < 0)
6734 row += cell_rows;
6735 if (cell_cols < 0)
6736 col += cell_cols;
6737 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6738
6739 rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
6740 rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
6741 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
6742 rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
6743 for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
6744 rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
6745
6746 // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
6747 if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
6748 {
6749 rect.width -= 1;
6750 rect.height -= 1;
6751 }
6752 }
6753
6754 return rect;
6755 }
6756
6757 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
6758 {
6759 // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6760 //
6761 wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6762
6763 // convert to device coords
6764 //
6765 int left, top, right, bottom;
6766 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6767 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6768
6769 // check against the client area of the grid window
6770 int cw, ch;
6771 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6772
6773 if ( wholeCellVisible )
6774 {
6775 // is the cell wholly visible ?
6776 return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
6777 top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
6778 }
6779 else
6780 {
6781 // is the cell partly visible ?
6782 //
6783 return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
6784 ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
6785 }
6786 }
6787
6788 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
6789 // of scrolling
6790 //
6791 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
6792 {
6793 int i;
6794 int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
6795
6796 if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6797 col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6798 {
6799 // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6800 wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6801
6802 // convert to device coords
6803 int left, top, right, bottom;
6804 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6805 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6806
6807 int cw, ch;
6808 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6809
6810 if ( top < 0 )
6811 {
6812 ypos = r.GetTop();
6813 }
6814 else if ( bottom > ch )
6815 {
6816 int h = r.GetHeight();
6817 ypos = r.GetTop();
6818 for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6819 {
6820 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
6821 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
6822 break;
6823
6824 h += rowHeight;
6825 ypos -= rowHeight;
6826 }
6827
6828 // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
6829 // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
6830 // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
6831 //
6832 // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
6833 // so just add a full scroll unit...
6834 ypos += m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6835 }
6836
6837 // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
6838 // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
6839 // left and right part of the cell on every step!
6840 // if ( left < 0 )
6841 if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
6842 {
6843 xpos = r.GetLeft();
6844 }
6845 else if ( right > cw )
6846 {
6847 // position the view so that the cell is on the right
6848 int x0, y0;
6849 CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
6850 xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
6851
6852 // see comment for ypos above
6853 xpos += m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6854 }
6855
6856 if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
6857 {
6858 if ( xpos != -1 )
6859 xpos /= m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6860 if ( ypos != -1 )
6861 ypos /= m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6862 Scroll( xpos, ypos );
6863 AdjustScrollbars();
6864 }
6865 }
6866 }
6867
6868 //
6869 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
6870 //
6871
6872 bool
6873 wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection,
6874 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6875 {
6876 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6877 return false;
6878
6879 if ( expandSelection )
6880 {
6881 wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner;
6882 if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6883 coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6884
6885 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6886 return false;
6887
6888 diroper.Advance(coords);
6889
6890 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6891 }
6892 else // don't expand selection
6893 {
6894 ClearSelection();
6895
6896 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6897 return false;
6898
6899 wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6900 diroper.Advance(coords);
6901
6902 GoToCell(coords);
6903 }
6904
6905 return true;
6906 }
6907
6908 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection)
6909 {
6910 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6911 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6912 }
6913
6914 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection)
6915 {
6916 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6917 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6918 }
6919
6920 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection)
6921 {
6922 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6923 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6924 }
6925
6926 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection)
6927 {
6928 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6929 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6930 }
6931
6932 bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6933 {
6934 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6935 return false;
6936
6937 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6938 return false;
6939
6940 const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6941 int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y);
6942 if ( newRow == oldRow )
6943 {
6944 wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6945 diroper.Advance(coords);
6946 newRow = coords.GetRow();
6947 }
6948
6949 GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
6950
6951 return true;
6952 }
6953
6954 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
6955 {
6956 return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6957 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6958 }
6959
6960 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
6961 {
6962 return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6963 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6964 }
6965
6966 // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper
6967 // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end
6968 void
6969 wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6970 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6971 {
6972 while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6973 {
6974 diroper.Advance(coords);
6975 if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6976 break;
6977 }
6978 }
6979
6980 bool
6981 wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection,
6982 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6983 {
6984 if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6985 return false;
6986
6987 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6988 return false;
6989
6990 wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6991 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6992 {
6993 // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells
6994 AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
6995 }
6996 else // current cell is not empty
6997 {
6998 diroper.Advance(coords);
6999 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
7000 {
7001 // we started at the end of a block, find the next one
7002 AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
7003 }
7004 else // we're in a middle of a block
7005 {
7006 // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next
7007 // empty one
7008 while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
7009 {
7010 wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords);
7011 diroper.Advance(coordsNext);
7012 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) )
7013 break;
7014
7015 coords = coordsNext;
7016 }
7017 }
7018 }
7019
7020 if ( expandSelection )
7021 {
7022 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
7023 }
7024 else
7025 {
7026 ClearSelection();
7027 GoToCell(coords);
7028 }
7029
7030 return true;
7031 }
7032
7033 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection)
7034 {
7035 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7036 expandSelection,
7037 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
7038 );
7039 }
7040
7041 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
7042 {
7043 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7044 expandSelection,
7045 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
7046 );
7047 }
7048
7049 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
7050 {
7051 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7052 expandSelection,
7053 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
7054 );
7055 }
7056
7057 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
7058 {
7059 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7060 expandSelection,
7061 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
7062 );
7063 }
7064
7065 //
7066 // ------ Label values and formatting
7067 //
7068
7069 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7070 {
7071 if ( horiz )
7072 *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
7073 if ( vert )
7074 *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
7075 }
7076
7077 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7078 {
7079 if ( horiz )
7080 *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
7081 if ( vert )
7082 *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign;
7083 }
7084
7085 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
7086 {
7087 return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
7088 }
7089
7090 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
7091 {
7092 if ( m_table )
7093 {
7094 return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
7095 }
7096 else
7097 {
7098 wxString s;
7099 s << row;
7100 return s;
7101 }
7102 }
7103
7104 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
7105 {
7106 if ( m_table )
7107 {
7108 return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
7109 }
7110 else
7111 {
7112 wxString s;
7113 s << col;
7114 return s;
7115 }
7116 }
7117
7118 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
7119 {
7120 wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7121
7122 if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7123 {
7124 width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
7125 }
7126
7127 if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
7128 {
7129 if ( width == 0 )
7130 {
7131 m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
7132 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7133 }
7134 else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
7135 {
7136 m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
7137 if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
7138 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7139 }
7140
7141 m_rowLabelWidth = width;
7142 InvalidateBestSize();
7143 CalcWindowSizes();
7144 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7145 }
7146 }
7147
7148 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
7149 {
7150 wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7151
7152 if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7153 {
7154 height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
7155 }
7156
7157 if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
7158 {
7159 if ( height == 0 )
7160 {
7161 m_colWindow->Show( false );
7162 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7163 }
7164 else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
7165 {
7166 m_colWindow->Show( true );
7167 if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
7168 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7169 }
7170
7171 m_colLabelHeight = height;
7172 InvalidateBestSize();
7173 CalcWindowSizes();
7174 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7175 }
7176 }
7177
7178 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
7179 {
7180 if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
7181 {
7182 m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
7183 m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7184 m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7185 m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7186
7187 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7188 {
7189 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7190 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7191 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7192 }
7193 }
7194 }
7195
7196 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
7197 {
7198 if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
7199 {
7200 m_labelTextColour = colour;
7201 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7202 {
7203 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7204 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7205 }
7206 }
7207 }
7208
7209 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
7210 {
7211 m_labelFont = font;
7212 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7213 {
7214 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7215 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7216 }
7217 }
7218
7219 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7220 {
7221 // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7222 switch ( horiz )
7223 {
7224 case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7225 case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7226 case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7227 }
7228
7229 switch ( vert )
7230 {
7231 case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
7232 case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7233 case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7234 }
7235
7236 if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7237 {
7238 m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7239 }
7240
7241 if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7242 {
7243 m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
7244 }
7245
7246 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7247 {
7248 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7249 }
7250 }
7251
7252 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7253 {
7254 // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7255 switch ( horiz )
7256 {
7257 case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7258 case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7259 case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7260 }
7261
7262 switch ( vert )
7263 {
7264 case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
7265 case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7266 case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7267 }
7268
7269 if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7270 {
7271 m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7272 }
7273
7274 if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7275 {
7276 m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
7277 }
7278
7279 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7280 {
7281 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7282 }
7283 }
7284
7285 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
7286 // does not support vertical printing
7287 //
7288 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
7289 // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
7290 // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
7291 //
7292 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
7293 {
7294 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
7295 m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
7296
7297 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7298 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7299 }
7300
7301 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
7302 {
7303 if ( m_table )
7304 {
7305 m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
7306 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7307 {
7308 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
7309 if ( rect.height > 0 )
7310 {
7311 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7312 rect.x = 0;
7313 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
7314 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
7315 }
7316 }
7317 }
7318 }
7319
7320 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
7321 {
7322 if ( m_table )
7323 {
7324 m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
7325 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7326 {
7327 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
7328 {
7329 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
7330 }
7331 else
7332 {
7333 wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
7334 if ( rect.width > 0 )
7335 {
7336 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7337 rect.y = 0;
7338 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
7339 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
7340 }
7341 }
7342 }
7343 }
7344 }
7345
7346 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
7347 {
7348 if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
7349 {
7350 m_gridLineColour = colour;
7351
7352 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7353 RedrawGridLines();
7354 }
7355 }
7356
7357 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
7358 {
7359 if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
7360 {
7361 m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
7362
7363 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7364 PrepareDC( dc );
7365 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7366 DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7367 attr->DecRef();
7368 }
7369 }
7370
7371 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
7372 {
7373 if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
7374 {
7375 m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
7376
7377 // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7378 // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7379 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7380 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7381 if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7382 return;
7383
7384 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7385 m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7386 }
7387 }
7388
7389 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
7390 {
7391 if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
7392 {
7393 m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
7394
7395 // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7396 // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7397 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7398 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7399 if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
7400 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7401 return;
7402
7403 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7404 m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7405 }
7406 }
7407
7408 void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines()
7409 {
7410 // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn
7411 if ( GetBatchCount() )
7412 return;
7413
7414 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7415 {
7416 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7417 PrepareDC( dc );
7418 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
7419 }
7420 else // remove the grid lines
7421 {
7422 m_gridWin->Refresh();
7423 }
7424 }
7425
7426 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
7427 {
7428 if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
7429 {
7430 m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
7431
7432 RedrawGridLines();
7433 }
7434 }
7435
7436 void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip)
7437 {
7438 if ( clip != var )
7439 {
7440 var = clip;
7441
7442 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7443 RedrawGridLines();
7444 }
7445 }
7446
7447 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
7448 {
7449 return m_defaultRowHeight;
7450 }
7451
7452 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
7453 {
7454 wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, wxT("invalid row index") );
7455
7456 return GetRowHeight(row);
7457 }
7458
7459 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
7460 {
7461 return m_defaultColWidth;
7462 }
7463
7464 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
7465 {
7466 wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, wxT("invalid column index") );
7467
7468 return GetColWidth(col);
7469 }
7470
7471 // ============================================================================
7472 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
7473 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
7474 // ============================================================================
7475
7476 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7477 // setting default attributes
7478 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7479
7480 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
7481 {
7482 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7483 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7484 m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7485 #endif
7486 }
7487
7488 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
7489 {
7490 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
7491 }
7492
7493 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7494 {
7495 m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7496 }
7497
7498 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
7499 {
7500 m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
7501 }
7502
7503 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
7504 {
7505 m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
7506 }
7507
7508 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
7509 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
7510 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
7511 // work correctly.
7512
7513 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7514 {
7515 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7516 renderer,
7517 GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
7518 }
7519
7520 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
7521 {
7522 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7523 GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
7524 editor);
7525 }
7526
7527 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7528 // access to the default attributes
7529 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7530
7531 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
7532 {
7533 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
7534 }
7535
7536 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
7537 {
7538 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
7539 }
7540
7541 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
7542 {
7543 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
7544 }
7545
7546 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7547 {
7548 m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7549 }
7550
7551 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
7552 {
7553 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
7554 }
7555
7556 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
7557 {
7558 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
7559 }
7560
7561 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
7562 {
7563 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
7564 }
7565
7566 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7567 // access to cell attributes
7568 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7569
7570 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
7571 {
7572 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7573 wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
7574 attr->DecRef();
7575
7576 return colour;
7577 }
7578
7579 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
7580 {
7581 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7582 wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
7583 attr->DecRef();
7584
7585 return colour;
7586 }
7587
7588 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
7589 {
7590 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7591 wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
7592 attr->DecRef();
7593
7594 return font;
7595 }
7596
7597 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7598 {
7599 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7600 attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7601 attr->DecRef();
7602 }
7603
7604 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
7605 {
7606 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7607 bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
7608 attr->DecRef();
7609
7610 return allow;
7611 }
7612
7613 wxGrid::CellSpan
7614 wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
7615 {
7616 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7617 attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
7618 attr->DecRef();
7619
7620 if ( *num_rows == 1 && *num_cols == 1 )
7621 return CellSpan_None; // just a normal cell
7622
7623 if ( *num_rows < 0 || *num_cols < 0 )
7624 return CellSpan_Inside; // covered by a multi-span cell
7625
7626 // this cell spans multiple cells to its right/bottom
7627 return CellSpan_Main;
7628 }
7629
7630 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
7631 {
7632 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7633 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7634 attr->DecRef();
7635
7636 return renderer;
7637 }
7638
7639 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
7640 {
7641 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7642 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7643 attr->DecRef();
7644
7645 return editor;
7646 }
7647
7648 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
7649 {
7650 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7651 bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7652 attr->DecRef();
7653
7654 return isReadOnly;
7655 }
7656
7657 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7658 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
7659 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7660
7661 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
7662 {
7663 if ( !m_table )
7664 {
7665 return false;
7666 }
7667
7668 return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
7669 }
7670
7671 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
7672 {
7673 if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
7674 {
7675 wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
7676 m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
7677 m_attrCache.row = -1;
7678 // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
7679 // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
7680 // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
7681 // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef!
7682 wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
7683 }
7684 }
7685
7686 void wxGrid::RefreshAttr(int row, int col)
7687 {
7688 if ( m_attrCache.row == row && m_attrCache.col == col )
7689 ClearAttrCache();
7690 }
7691
7692
7693 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
7694 {
7695 if ( attr != NULL )
7696 {
7697 wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
7698
7699 self->ClearAttrCache();
7700 self->m_attrCache.row = row;
7701 self->m_attrCache.col = col;
7702 self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
7703 wxSafeIncRef(attr);
7704 }
7705 }
7706
7707 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
7708 {
7709 if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
7710 {
7711 *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
7712 wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
7713
7714 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7715 gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
7716 #endif
7717
7718 return true;
7719 }
7720 else
7721 {
7722 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7723 gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
7724 #endif
7725
7726 return false;
7727 }
7728 }
7729
7730 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7731 {
7732 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7733 // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
7734 // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
7735 if ( row >= 0 )
7736 {
7737 if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
7738 {
7739 attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
7740 : NULL;
7741 CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
7742 }
7743 }
7744
7745 if (attr)
7746 {
7747 attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7748 }
7749 else
7750 {
7751 attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
7752 attr->IncRef();
7753 }
7754
7755 return attr;
7756 }
7757
7758 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7759 {
7760 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7761 bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
7762
7763 wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, wxT("Cell attributes not allowed"));
7764 wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, wxT("must have a table") );
7765
7766 attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
7767 if ( !attr )
7768 {
7769 attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7770
7771 // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
7772 attr->IncRef();
7773 m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7774 }
7775
7776 return attr;
7777 }
7778
7779 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7780 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
7781 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7782
7783 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
7784 {
7785 SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
7786 }
7787
7788 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
7789 {
7790 SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
7791 }
7792
7793 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
7794 {
7795 wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
7796 if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
7797 {
7798 typeName << wxT(':') << width << wxT(',') << precision;
7799 }
7800
7801 SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
7802 }
7803
7804 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
7805 {
7806 wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
7807 if (!attr)
7808 attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
7809 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
7810 attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7811 wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
7812 attr->SetEditor(editor);
7813
7814 SetColAttr(col, attr);
7815
7816 }
7817
7818 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7819 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
7820 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7821
7822 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7823 {
7824 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7825 {
7826 m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7827 ClearAttrCache();
7828 }
7829 else
7830 {
7831 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7832 }
7833 }
7834
7835 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7836 {
7837 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7838 {
7839 m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
7840 ClearAttrCache();
7841 }
7842 else
7843 {
7844 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7845 }
7846 }
7847
7848 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7849 {
7850 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7851 {
7852 m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
7853 ClearAttrCache();
7854 }
7855 else
7856 {
7857 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7858 }
7859 }
7860
7861 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7862 {
7863 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7864 {
7865 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7866 attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
7867 attr->DecRef();
7868 }
7869 }
7870
7871 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7872 {
7873 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7874 {
7875 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7876 attr->SetTextColour(colour);
7877 attr->DecRef();
7878 }
7879 }
7880
7881 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
7882 {
7883 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7884 {
7885 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7886 attr->SetFont(font);
7887 attr->DecRef();
7888 }
7889 }
7890
7891 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
7892 {
7893 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7894 {
7895 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7896 attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7897 attr->DecRef();
7898 }
7899 }
7900
7901 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
7902 {
7903 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7904 {
7905 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7906 attr->SetOverflow(allow);
7907 attr->DecRef();
7908 }
7909 }
7910
7911 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
7912 {
7913 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7914 {
7915 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7916
7917 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7918 attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
7919 attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
7920 attr->DecRef();
7921
7922 // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
7923 // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
7924 // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
7925 // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
7926 wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
7927 wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
7928 wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
7929 wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
7930
7931 // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
7932 if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7933 {
7934 int i, j;
7935 for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
7936 {
7937 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
7938 {
7939 if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7940 {
7941 wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7942 attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
7943 attr_stub->DecRef();
7944 }
7945 }
7946 }
7947 }
7948
7949 // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
7950 // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
7951 if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
7952 {
7953 int i, j;
7954 for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
7955 {
7956 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
7957 {
7958 if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7959 {
7960 wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7961 attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
7962 attr_stub->DecRef();
7963 }
7964 }
7965 }
7966 }
7967 }
7968 }
7969
7970 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7971 {
7972 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7973 {
7974 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7975 attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7976 attr->DecRef();
7977 }
7978 }
7979
7980 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
7981 {
7982 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7983 {
7984 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7985 attr->SetEditor(editor);
7986 attr->DecRef();
7987 }
7988 }
7989
7990 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
7991 {
7992 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7993 {
7994 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7995 attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
7996 attr->DecRef();
7997 }
7998 }
7999
8000 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8001 // Data type registration
8002 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8003
8004 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
8005 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
8006 wxGridCellEditor* editor)
8007 {
8008 m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
8009 }
8010
8011
8012 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
8013 {
8014 wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
8015 return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
8016 }
8017
8018 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
8019 {
8020 wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
8021 return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
8022 }
8023
8024 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
8025 {
8026 int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
8027 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8028 {
8029 wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
8030
8031 return NULL;
8032 }
8033
8034 return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
8035 }
8036
8037 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
8038 {
8039 int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
8040 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8041 {
8042 wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
8043
8044 return NULL;
8045 }
8046
8047 return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
8048 }
8049
8050 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8051 // row/col size
8052 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8053
8054 void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed)
8055 {
8056 if ( !setFixed )
8057 {
8058 setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet;
8059 }
8060
8061 setFixed->insert(line);
8062 }
8063
8064 bool
8065 wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const
8066 {
8067 return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line);
8068 }
8069
8070 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
8071 {
8072 m_canDragRowSize = enable;
8073 }
8074
8075 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
8076 {
8077 m_canDragColSize = enable;
8078 }
8079
8080 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
8081 {
8082 m_canDragGridSize = enable;
8083 }
8084
8085 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
8086 {
8087 m_canDragCell = enable;
8088 }
8089
8090 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
8091 {
8092 m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
8093
8094 if ( resizeExistingRows )
8095 {
8096 // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
8097 // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
8098 // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8099 // some speed optimisations)
8100 m_rowHeights.Empty();
8101 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
8102 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8103 CalcDimensions();
8104 }
8105 }
8106
8107 namespace
8108 {
8109
8110 // This is a common part of SetRowSize() and SetColSize() which takes care of
8111 // updating the height/width of a row/column depending on its current value and
8112 // the new one.
8113 //
8114 // Returns the difference between the new and the old size.
8115 int UpdateRowOrColSize(int& sizeCurrent, int sizeNew)
8116 {
8117 // On input here sizeCurrent can be negative if it's currently hidden (the
8118 // real size is its absolute value then). And sizeNew can be 0 to indicate
8119 // that the row/column should be hidden or -1 to indicate that it should be
8120 // shown again.
8121
8122 if ( sizeNew < 0 )
8123 {
8124 // We're showing back a previously hidden row/column.
8125 wxASSERT_MSG( sizeNew == -1, wxS("New size must be positive or -1.") );
8126
8127 // If it's already visible, simply do nothing.
8128 if ( sizeCurrent >= 0 )
8129 return 0;
8130
8131 // Otherwise show it by restoring its old size.
8132 sizeCurrent = -sizeCurrent;
8133
8134 // This is positive which is correct.
8135 return sizeCurrent;
8136 }
8137 else if ( sizeNew == 0 )
8138 {
8139 // We're hiding a row/column.
8140
8141 // If it's already hidden, simply do nothing.
8142 if ( sizeCurrent <= 0 )
8143 return 0;
8144
8145 // Otherwise hide it and also remember the shown size to be able to
8146 // restore it later.
8147 sizeCurrent = -sizeCurrent;
8148
8149 // This is negative which is correct.
8150 return sizeCurrent;
8151 }
8152 else // We're just changing the row/column size.
8153 {
8154 // Here it could have been hidden or not previously.
8155 const int sizeOld = sizeCurrent < 0 ? 0 : sizeCurrent;
8156
8157 sizeCurrent = sizeNew;
8158
8159 return sizeCurrent - sizeOld;
8160 }
8161 }
8162
8163 } // anonymous namespace
8164
8165 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
8166 {
8167 // See comment in SetColSize
8168 if ( height > 0 && height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8169 return;
8170
8171 // The value of -1 is special and means to fit the height to the row label.
8172 // As with the columns, ignore attempts to auto-size the hidden rows.
8173 if ( height == -1 && GetRowHeight(row) != 0 )
8174 {
8175 long w, h;
8176 wxArrayString lines;
8177 wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
8178 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8179 StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
8180 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8181 //check that it is not less than the minimal height
8182 height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
8183 }
8184
8185 DoSetRowSize(row, height);
8186 }
8187
8188 void wxGrid::DoSetRowSize( int row, int height )
8189 {
8190 wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, wxT("invalid row index") );
8191
8192 if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
8193 {
8194 // need to really create the array
8195 InitRowHeights();
8196 }
8197
8198 const int diff = UpdateRowOrColSize(m_rowHeights[row], height);
8199 if ( !diff )
8200 return;
8201
8202 for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
8203 {
8204 m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
8205 }
8206
8207 InvalidateBestSize();
8208
8209 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8210 {
8211 CalcDimensions();
8212 Refresh();
8213 }
8214 }
8215
8216 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
8217 {
8218 // we dont allow zero default column width
8219 m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
8220
8221 if ( resizeExistingCols )
8222 {
8223 // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
8224 // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
8225 // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8226 // some speed optimisations)
8227 m_colWidths.Empty();
8228 m_colRights.Empty();
8229 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8230 CalcDimensions();
8231 }
8232 }
8233
8234 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
8235 {
8236 // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than
8237 // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with
8238 // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see
8239 // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special
8240 // sense of hiding the column
8241 if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
8242 return;
8243
8244 // The value of -1 is special and means to fit the width to the column label.
8245 //
8246 // Notice that we currently don't support auto-sizing hidden columns (we
8247 // could, but it's not clear whether this is really needed and it would
8248 // make the code more complex), and for them passing -1 simply means to
8249 // show the column back using its old size.
8250 if ( width == -1 && GetColWidth(col) != 0 )
8251 {
8252 long w, h;
8253 wxArrayString lines;
8254 wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow);
8255 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8256 StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
8257 if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
8258 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8259 else
8260 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
8261 width = w + 6;
8262 //check that it is not less than the minimal width
8263 width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
8264 }
8265
8266 DoSetColSize(col, width);
8267 }
8268
8269 void wxGrid::DoSetColSize( int col, int width )
8270 {
8271 wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, wxT("invalid column index") );
8272
8273 if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
8274 {
8275 // need to really create the array
8276 InitColWidths();
8277 }
8278
8279 const int diff = UpdateRowOrColSize(m_colWidths[col], width);
8280 if ( !diff )
8281 return;
8282
8283 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8284 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
8285 //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn
8286
8287 for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
8288 {
8289 m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
8290 }
8291
8292 InvalidateBestSize();
8293
8294 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8295 {
8296 CalcDimensions();
8297 Refresh();
8298 }
8299 }
8300
8301 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
8302 {
8303 if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
8304 {
8305 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8306 m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
8307 }
8308 }
8309
8310 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
8311 {
8312 if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8313 {
8314 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8315 m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
8316 }
8317 }
8318
8319 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
8320 {
8321 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8322 wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
8323
8324 return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8325 }
8326
8327 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
8328 {
8329 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8330 wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
8331
8332 return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8333 }
8334
8335 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
8336 {
8337 // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
8338 // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
8339 if ( width >= 0 )
8340 m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
8341 }
8342
8343 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
8344 {
8345 // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
8346 // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
8347 if ( height >= 0 )
8348 m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
8349 }
8350
8351 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
8352 {
8353 return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8354 }
8355
8356 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
8357 {
8358 return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8359 }
8360
8361 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8362 // auto sizing
8363 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8364
8365 void
8366 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
8367 {
8368 const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
8369
8370 // We don't support auto-sizing hidden rows or columns, this doesn't seem
8371 // to make much sense.
8372 if ( column )
8373 {
8374 if ( GetColWidth(colOrRow) == 0 )
8375 return;
8376 }
8377 else
8378 {
8379 if ( GetRowHeight(colOrRow) == 0 )
8380 return;
8381 }
8382
8383 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
8384
8385 // cancel editing of cell
8386 HideCellEditControl();
8387 SaveEditControlValue();
8388
8389 // initialize both of them just to avoid compiler warnings even if only
8390 // really needs to be initialized here
8391 int row,
8392 col;
8393 if ( column )
8394 {
8395 row = -1;
8396 col = colOrRow;
8397 }
8398 else
8399 {
8400 row = colOrRow;
8401 col = -1;
8402 }
8403
8404 wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
8405 int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8406 for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
8407 {
8408 if ( column )
8409 {
8410 row = rowOrCol;
8411 col = colOrRow;
8412 }
8413 else
8414 {
8415 row = colOrRow;
8416 col = rowOrCol;
8417 }
8418
8419 // we need to account for the cells spanning multiple columns/rows:
8420 // while they may need a lot of space, they don't need all of it in
8421 // this column/row
8422 int numRows, numCols;
8423 const CellSpan span = GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8424 if ( span == CellSpan_Inside )
8425 {
8426 // we need to get the size of the main cell, not of a cell hidden
8427 // by it
8428 row += numRows;
8429 col += numCols;
8430
8431 // get the size of the main cell too
8432 GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8433 }
8434
8435 // get cell ( main cell if CellSpan_Inside ) renderer best size
8436 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8437 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
8438 if ( renderer )
8439 {
8440 wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
8441 extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
8442
8443 if ( span != CellSpan_None )
8444 {
8445 // we spread the size of a spanning cell over all the cells it
8446 // covers evenly -- this is probably not ideal but we can't
8447 // really do much better here
8448 //
8449 // notice that numCols and numRows are never 0 as they
8450 // correspond to the size of the main cell of the span and not
8451 // of the cell inside it
8452 extent /= column ? numCols : numRows;
8453 }
8454
8455 if ( extent > extentMax )
8456 extentMax = extent;
8457
8458 renderer->DecRef();
8459 }
8460
8461 attr->DecRef();
8462 }
8463
8464 // now also compare with the column label extent
8465 wxCoord w, h;
8466 dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8467
8468 if ( column )
8469 {
8470 dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8471 if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
8472 w = h;
8473 }
8474 else
8475 dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8476
8477 extent = column ? w : h;
8478 if ( extent > extentMax )
8479 extentMax = extent;
8480
8481 if ( !extentMax )
8482 {
8483 // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8484 // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8485 extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
8486 }
8487 else
8488 {
8489 if ( column )
8490 // leave some space around text
8491 extentMax += 10;
8492 else
8493 extentMax += 6;
8494 }
8495
8496 if ( column )
8497 {
8498 // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
8499 // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8500 // in SetColSize().
8501 if ( !setAsMin )
8502 extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow));
8503
8504 SetColSize( colOrRow, extentMax );
8505 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8506 {
8507 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8508 {
8509 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(colOrRow);
8510 }
8511 else
8512 {
8513 int cw, ch, dummy;
8514 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8515 wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, colOrRow ) );
8516 rect.y = 0;
8517 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
8518 rect.width = cw - rect.x;
8519 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
8520 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
8521 }
8522 }
8523 }
8524 else
8525 {
8526 // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
8527 // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8528 // in SetRowSize().
8529 if ( !setAsMin )
8530 extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow));
8531
8532 SetRowSize(colOrRow, extentMax);
8533 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8534 {
8535 int cw, ch, dummy;
8536 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8537 wxRect rect( CellToRect( colOrRow, 0 ) );
8538 rect.x = 0;
8539 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8540 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8541 rect.height = ch - rect.y;
8542 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8543 }
8544 }
8545
8546 if ( setAsMin )
8547 {
8548 if ( column )
8549 SetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow, extentMax);
8550 else
8551 SetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow, extentMax);
8552 }
8553 }
8554
8555 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
8556 {
8557 // calculate size for the rows or columns?
8558 const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
8559
8560 wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
8561 : GetGridColLabelWindow());
8562 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8563
8564 // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
8565 //
8566 // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
8567 // we also have to take into account the text orientation
8568 const bool
8569 useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
8570
8571 wxArrayString lines;
8572 wxCoord extentMax = 0;
8573
8574 const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8575 for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
8576 {
8577 lines.Clear();
8578
8579 wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
8580 : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
8581 StringToLines(label, lines);
8582
8583 long w, h;
8584 GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
8585
8586 const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
8587 if ( extent > extentMax )
8588 extentMax = extent;
8589 }
8590
8591 if ( !extentMax )
8592 {
8593 // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8594 // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8595 extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
8596 : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
8597 }
8598
8599 // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
8600 if ( calcRows )
8601 extentMax += 10;
8602 else
8603 extentMax += 6;
8604
8605 return extentMax;
8606 }
8607
8608 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8609 {
8610 int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8611
8612 wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8613 if(!calcOnly)
8614 locker.Create(this);
8615
8616 for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
8617 {
8618 if ( !calcOnly )
8619 AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
8620
8621 width += GetColWidth(col);
8622 }
8623
8624 return width;
8625 }
8626
8627 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8628 {
8629 int height = m_colLabelHeight;
8630
8631 wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8632 if(!calcOnly)
8633 locker.Create(this);
8634
8635 for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
8636 {
8637 if ( !calcOnly )
8638 AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
8639
8640 height += GetRowHeight(row);
8641 }
8642
8643 return height;
8644 }
8645
8646 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
8647 {
8648 wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
8649
8650 wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8651 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8652
8653 // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
8654 // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
8655 // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
8656 SetScrollbars(m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine,
8657 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
8658
8659 SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
8660 }
8661
8662 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
8663 {
8664 // Hide the edit control, so it
8665 // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8666 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8667 {
8668 HideCellEditControl();
8669 SaveEditControlValue();
8670 }
8671
8672 // autosize row height depending on label text
8673 SetRowSize(row, -1);
8674
8675 ForceRefresh();
8676 }
8677
8678 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
8679 {
8680 // Hide the edit control, so it
8681 // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8682 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8683 {
8684 HideCellEditControl();
8685 SaveEditControlValue();
8686 }
8687
8688 // autosize column width depending on label text
8689 SetColSize(col, -1);
8690
8691 ForceRefresh();
8692 }
8693
8694 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
8695 {
8696 wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
8697
8698 // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
8699 // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
8700 wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8701 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8702
8703 return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
8704 + GetWindowBorderSize();
8705 }
8706
8707 void wxGrid::Fit()
8708 {
8709 AutoSize();
8710 }
8711
8712 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8713 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
8714 {
8715 return wxNullPen;
8716 }
8717 #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8718
8719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8720 // cell value accessor functions
8721 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8722
8723 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
8724 {
8725 if ( m_table )
8726 {
8727 m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
8728 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8729 {
8730 int dummy;
8731 wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8732 rect.x = 0;
8733 rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8734 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8735 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8736 }
8737
8738 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
8739 m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
8740 IsCellEditControlShown())
8741 // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
8742 // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
8743 // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
8744 {
8745 HideCellEditControl();
8746 ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
8747 }
8748 }
8749 }
8750
8751 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8752 // block, row and column selection
8753 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8754
8755 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
8756 {
8757 if ( !m_selection )
8758 return;
8759
8760 if ( !addToSelected )
8761 ClearSelection();
8762
8763 m_selection->SelectRow(row);
8764 }
8765
8766 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
8767 {
8768 if ( !m_selection )
8769 return;
8770
8771 if ( !addToSelected )
8772 ClearSelection();
8773
8774 m_selection->SelectCol(col);
8775 }
8776
8777 void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
8778 bool addToSelected)
8779 {
8780 if ( !m_selection )
8781 return;
8782
8783 if ( !addToSelected )
8784 ClearSelection();
8785
8786 m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol);
8787 }
8788
8789 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
8790 {
8791 if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
8792 {
8793 if ( m_selection )
8794 m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
8795 }
8796 }
8797
8798 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8799 // cell, row and col deselection
8800 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8801
8802 void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper)
8803 {
8804 if ( !m_selection )
8805 return;
8806
8807 const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
8808 if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() ||
8809 mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns )
8810 {
8811 const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0));
8812 if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8813 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8814 }
8815 else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() )
8816 {
8817 const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this);
8818 for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ )
8819 {
8820 const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i));
8821 if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8822 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8823 }
8824 }
8825 //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction
8826 // could have been selected anyhow
8827 }
8828
8829 void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row)
8830 {
8831 DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations());
8832 }
8833
8834 void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col)
8835 {
8836 DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations());
8837 }
8838
8839 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
8840 {
8841 if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
8842 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
8843 }
8844
8845 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
8846 {
8847 return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
8848 ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8849 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
8850 }
8851
8852 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
8853 {
8854 return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
8855 ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() &&
8856 col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() &&
8857 row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() &&
8858 col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
8859 }
8860
8861 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
8862 {
8863 if (!m_selection)
8864 {
8865 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8866 return a;
8867 }
8868
8869 return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
8870 }
8871
8872 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
8873 {
8874 if (!m_selection)
8875 {
8876 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8877 return a;
8878 }
8879
8880 return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
8881 }
8882
8883 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
8884 {
8885 if (!m_selection)
8886 {
8887 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8888 return a;
8889 }
8890
8891 return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
8892 }
8893
8894 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
8895 {
8896 if (!m_selection)
8897 {
8898 wxArrayInt a;
8899 return a;
8900 }
8901
8902 return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
8903 }
8904
8905 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
8906 {
8907 if (!m_selection)
8908 {
8909 wxArrayInt a;
8910 return a;
8911 }
8912
8913 return m_selection->m_colSelection;
8914 }
8915
8916 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
8917 {
8918 wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
8919 m_selectedBlockBottomRight);
8920 wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords,
8921 m_selectedBlockCorner);
8922
8923 m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
8924 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
8925 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8926
8927 if ( !r1.IsEmpty() )
8928 RefreshRect(r1, false);
8929 if ( !r2.IsEmpty() )
8930 RefreshRect(r2, false);
8931
8932 if ( m_selection )
8933 m_selection->ClearSelection();
8934 }
8935
8936 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
8937 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
8938 //
8939 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
8940 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
8941 {
8942 wxRect resultRect;
8943 wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
8944 if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8945 {
8946 resultRect = tempCellRect;
8947 }
8948 else
8949 {
8950 resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
8951 }
8952
8953 tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
8954 if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8955 {
8956 resultRect += tempCellRect;
8957 }
8958 else
8959 {
8960 // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
8961 return wxGridNoCellRect;
8962 }
8963
8964 // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
8965 int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
8966 int top = resultRect.GetTop();
8967 int right = resultRect.GetRight();
8968 int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
8969
8970 int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
8971 int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
8972 int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
8973 int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
8974
8975 if (left > right)
8976 {
8977 int tmp = left;
8978 left = right;
8979 right = tmp;
8980
8981 tmp = leftCol;
8982 leftCol = rightCol;
8983 rightCol = tmp;
8984 }
8985
8986 if (top > bottom)
8987 {
8988 int tmp = top;
8989 top = bottom;
8990 bottom = tmp;
8991
8992 tmp = topRow;
8993 topRow = bottomRow;
8994 bottomRow = tmp;
8995 }
8996
8997 // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
8998 int cw, ch;
8999 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9000
9001 // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
9002 // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
9003 int gridOriginX = 0;
9004 int gridOriginY = 0;
9005 CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
9006
9007 int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
9008 int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
9009
9010 int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
9011 int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
9012
9013 // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
9014 // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
9015 // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
9016 // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
9017 const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
9018 const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
9019 const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
9020 const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
9021
9022 for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
9023 {
9024 for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
9025 {
9026 if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
9027 (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
9028 {
9029 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
9030
9031 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
9032 left = tempCellRect.x;
9033 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
9034 top = tempCellRect.y;
9035 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
9036 right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
9037 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
9038 bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
9039 }
9040 else
9041 {
9042 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
9043 }
9044 }
9045 }
9046
9047 // Convert to scrolled coords
9048 CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
9049 CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
9050
9051 if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
9052 return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
9053
9054 resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
9055 resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
9056 resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
9057 resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
9058
9059 return resultRect;
9060 }
9061
9062 void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo,
9063 const wxGridOperations& oper)
9064 {
9065 BeginBatch();
9066 oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true);
9067 const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
9068 for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ )
9069 {
9070 int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i);
9071 if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault)
9072 oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size);
9073 }
9074 EndBatch();
9075 }
9076
9077 void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
9078 {
9079 DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations());
9080 }
9081
9082 void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
9083 {
9084 DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations());
9085 }
9086
9087 wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes)
9088 {
9089 m_sizeDefault = defSize;
9090 for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ )
9091 {
9092 if ( allSizes[i] != defSize )
9093 m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i];
9094 }
9095 }
9096
9097 int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const
9098 {
9099 wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos);
9100
9101 // if it's not found return the default
9102 if ( it == m_customSizes.end() )
9103 return m_sizeDefault;
9104
9105 // otherwise return 0 if it's hidden, currently there is no way to get
9106 // its size before it had been hidden
9107 if ( it->second < 0 )
9108 return 0;
9109
9110 return it->second;
9111 }
9112
9113 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9114 // drop target
9115 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9116
9117 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
9118
9119 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
9120 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
9121 {
9122 GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
9123 }
9124
9125 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
9126
9127 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9128 // grid event classes
9129 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9130
9131 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9132
9133 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9134 int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
9135 bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9136 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9137 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9138 {
9139 Init(row, col, x, y, sel);
9140
9141 SetEventObject(obj);
9142 }
9143
9144 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9145
9146 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9147 int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
9148 bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9149 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9150 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9151 {
9152 Init(rowOrCol, x, y);
9153
9154 SetEventObject(obj);
9155 }
9156
9157
9158 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9159
9160 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9161 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
9162 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
9163 bool sel, bool control,
9164 bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9165 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9166 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9167 {
9168 Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel);
9169
9170 SetEventObject(obj);
9171 }
9172
9173
9174 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
9175
9176 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
9177 wxObject* obj, int row,
9178 int col, wxControl* ctrl)
9179 : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
9180 {
9181 SetEventObject(obj);
9182 m_row = row;
9183 m_col = col;
9184 m_ctrl = ctrl;
9185 }
9186
9187
9188 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9189 // wxGridTypeRegistry
9190 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9191
9192 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
9193 {
9194 size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9195 for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9196 delete m_typeinfo[i];
9197 }
9198
9199 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9200 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9201 wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9202 {
9203 wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
9204
9205 // is it already registered?
9206 int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9207 if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
9208 {
9209 delete m_typeinfo[loc];
9210 m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
9211 }
9212 else
9213 {
9214 m_typeinfo.Add(info);
9215 }
9216 }
9217
9218 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9219 {
9220 size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9221 for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9222 {
9223 if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
9224 {
9225 return i;
9226 }
9227 }
9228
9229 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9230 }
9231
9232 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9233 {
9234 int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9235 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9236 {
9237 // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
9238 // register it "on the fly"
9239 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9240 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
9241 {
9242 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9243 new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9244 new wxGridCellTextEditor);
9245 }
9246 else
9247 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9248 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9249 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
9250 {
9251 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
9252 new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
9253 new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
9254 }
9255 else
9256 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9257 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9258 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
9259 {
9260 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
9261 new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
9262 new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
9263 }
9264 else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
9265 {
9266 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
9267 new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
9268 new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
9269 }
9270 else
9271 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9272 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9273 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
9274 {
9275 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
9276 new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9277 new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
9278 }
9279 else
9280 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9281 {
9282 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9283 }
9284
9285 // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
9286 // the last index
9287 index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9288 }
9289
9290 return index;
9291 }
9292
9293 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9294 {
9295 int index = FindDataType(typeName);
9296 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9297 {
9298 // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
9299 // are the parameters for the renderer
9300 index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(wxT(':')));
9301 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9302 {
9303 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9304 }
9305
9306 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
9307 wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
9308 renderer = renderer->Clone();
9309 rendererOld->DecRef();
9310
9311 wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
9312 wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
9313 editor = editor->Clone();
9314 editorOld->DecRef();
9315
9316 // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
9317 wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(wxT(':'));
9318 renderer->SetParameters(params);
9319 editor->SetParameters(params);
9320
9321 // register the new typename
9322 RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9323
9324 // we just registered it, it's the last one
9325 index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9326 }
9327
9328 return index;
9329 }
9330
9331 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
9332 {
9333 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
9334 if (renderer)
9335 renderer->IncRef();
9336
9337 return renderer;
9338 }
9339
9340 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
9341 {
9342 wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
9343 if (editor)
9344 editor->IncRef();
9345
9346 return editor;
9347 }
9348
9349 #endif // wxUSE_GRID
wxWidgets (Impactor)